summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'po')
-rw-r--r--po/ca/installation-howto.po49
-rw-r--r--po/ca/using-d-i.po881
-rw-r--r--po/da/installation-howto.po47
-rw-r--r--po/da/using-d-i.po900
-rw-r--r--po/de/installation-howto.po61
-rw-r--r--po/de/using-d-i.po904
-rw-r--r--po/el/installation-howto.po51
-rw-r--r--po/el/using-d-i.po916
-rw-r--r--po/es/installation-howto.po49
-rw-r--r--po/es/using-d-i.po905
-rw-r--r--po/fi/installation-howto.po31
-rw-r--r--po/fi/using-d-i.po897
-rw-r--r--po/fr/installation-howto.po55
-rw-r--r--po/fr/using-d-i.po901
-rw-r--r--po/hu/installation-howto.po49
-rw-r--r--po/hu/using-d-i.po897
-rw-r--r--po/it/installation-howto.po59
-rw-r--r--po/it/using-d-i.po872
-rw-r--r--po/ja/installation-howto.po55
-rw-r--r--po/ja/using-d-i.po870
-rw-r--r--po/ko/installation-howto.po55
-rw-r--r--po/ko/using-d-i.po882
-rw-r--r--po/nl/installation-howto.po61
-rw-r--r--po/nl/using-d-i.po888
-rw-r--r--po/nn/installation-howto.po29
-rw-r--r--po/nn/using-d-i.po824
-rw-r--r--po/pot/installation-howto.pot29
-rw-r--r--po/pot/using-d-i.pot824
-rw-r--r--po/pt/installation-howto.po59
-rw-r--r--po/pt/using-d-i.po904
-rw-r--r--po/ro/installation-howto.po29
-rw-r--r--po/ro/using-d-i.po866
-rw-r--r--po/ru/installation-howto.po59
-rw-r--r--po/ru/using-d-i.po898
-rw-r--r--po/sv/installation-howto.po31
-rw-r--r--po/sv/using-d-i.po922
-rw-r--r--po/tl/installation-howto.po29
-rw-r--r--po/tl/using-d-i.po824
-rw-r--r--po/vi/installation-howto.po31
-rw-r--r--po/vi/using-d-i.po893
-rw-r--r--po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po45
-rw-r--r--po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po857
-rw-r--r--po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po29
-rw-r--r--po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po826
44 files changed, 10197 insertions, 10146 deletions
diff --git a/po/ca/installation-howto.po b/po/ca/installation-howto.po
index c0ab567d6..3a6edd162 100644
--- a/po/ca/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/ca/installation-howto.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-17 05:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
@@ -473,21 +473,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"El proper pas configura el rellotge i el fus horari. L'instal·lador "
-"intentarà connectar-se a un servidor d'hora d'Internet per assegurar que "
-"l'hora del rellotge és correcta. El fus horari dependrà del país seleccionat "
-"anteriorment i l'instal·lador només demanarà triar-ne un si el país té "
-"diverses zones."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -498,15 +483,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"A continuació d'ajustar el rellotge i la zona horària es configuren els "
"comptes d'usuari. Per omissió s'haurà d'indicar la contrasenya del compte "
@@ -517,6 +501,21 @@ msgstr ""
"que es puguin dur a terme les tasques administratives en el nou sistema."
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"El proper pas configura el rellotge i el fus horari. L'instal·lador "
+"intentarà connectar-se a un servidor d'hora d'Internet per assegurar que "
+"l'hora del rellotge és correcta. El fus horari dependrà del país seleccionat "
+"anteriorment i l'instal·lador només demanarà triar-ne un si el país té "
+"diverses zones."
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/ca/using-d-i.po b/po/ca/using-d-i.po
index de309f9b1..6ad831959 100644
--- a/po/ca/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ca/using-d-i.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-17 06:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
@@ -1491,126 +1491,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'adreces mitjançant NDP i paràmetres addicionals mitjançant DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configuració del rellotge i la zona horària"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"En primer lloc l'instal·lador intentarà connectar-se a un servidor d'hora "
-"d'Internet (utilitzant el protocol <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) per tal de "
-"fitxar l'hora del sistema correctament. Si no ho aconsegueix, assumirà que "
-"l'hora i data obtingudes del rellotge del sistema en el moment d'arrencar "
-"l'instal·lador són correctes. No és possible establir l'hora del sistema "
-"manualment durant el procés d'instal·lació."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"L'instal·lador no modificarà el rellotge del sistema a la plataforma S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Depenent de la localització seleccionada anteriorment durant el procés "
-"d'instal·lació, pot ser que se us mostri una llista de zones horàries "
-"rellevants a aquesta localització. Si la vostra localització només en té una "
-"i esteu realitzant una instal·lació predeterminada, no se us preguntarà res "
-"i el sistema assumirà aquesta zona horària."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Al mode expert o quan instal·leu amb prioritat mitjana, tindreu l'opció "
-"addicional d'escollir el <quote>Temps Universal Coordinat</quote> (UTC) com "
-"a zona horària."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Si per algun motiu voleu establir una zona horària que <emphasis>no</"
-"emphasis> coincideixi amb la localització seleccionada, hi ha dues opcions."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"L'opció més fàcil és seleccionar simplement un fus horari diferent una "
-"vegada s'ha completat la instal·lació i s'ha arrencat el nou sistema. "
-"L'ordre per fer-ho és:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativament, la zona horària es pot establir al principi de la "
-"instal·lació passant el paràmetre <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>valor</"
-"replaceable></userinput> quan arrenqueu el sistema d'instal·lació. El valor "
-"hauria de ser un fus horari vàlid, per exemple <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Per instal·lacions automatitzades, podeu establir el fus horari a qualsevol "
-"valor mitjançant una configuració prèvia."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Configuració d'usuaris i contrasenyes"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1623,13 +1510,13 @@ msgstr ""
"acabat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Establir la contrasenya del Root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1643,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el sistema i el mínim temps possible."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1658,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endevinar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1671,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1682,13 +1569,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Crear un usuari normal"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1702,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"o pel vostre accés personal."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1723,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr ""
"açò és nou per a vosaltres."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1737,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"demanarà una contrasenya per a aquest compte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1747,13 +1634,126 @@ msgstr ""
"compte, utilitzeu l'ordre <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Configuració del rellotge i la zona horària"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"En primer lloc l'instal·lador intentarà connectar-se a un servidor d'hora "
+"d'Internet (utilitzant el protocol <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) per tal de "
+"fitxar l'hora del sistema correctament. Si no ho aconsegueix, assumirà que "
+"l'hora i data obtingudes del rellotge del sistema en el moment d'arrencar "
+"l'instal·lador són correctes. No és possible establir l'hora del sistema "
+"manualment durant el procés d'instal·lació."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"L'instal·lador no modificarà el rellotge del sistema a la plataforma S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Depenent de la localització seleccionada anteriorment durant el procés "
+"d'instal·lació, pot ser que se us mostri una llista de zones horàries "
+"rellevants a aquesta localització. Si la vostra localització només en té una "
+"i esteu realitzant una instal·lació predeterminada, no se us preguntarà res "
+"i el sistema assumirà aquesta zona horària."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Al mode expert o quan instal·leu amb prioritat mitjana, tindreu l'opció "
+"addicional d'escollir el <quote>Temps Universal Coordinat</quote> (UTC) com "
+"a zona horària."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Si per algun motiu voleu establir una zona horària que <emphasis>no</"
+"emphasis> coincideixi amb la localització seleccionada, hi ha dues opcions."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'opció més fàcil és seleccionar simplement un fus horari diferent una "
+"vegada s'ha completat la instal·lació i s'ha arrencat el nou sistema. "
+"L'ordre per fer-ho és:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativament, la zona horària es pot establir al principi de la "
+"instal·lació passant el paràmetre <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>valor</"
+"replaceable></userinput> quan arrenqueu el sistema d'instal·lació. El valor "
+"hauria de ser un fus horari vàlid, per exemple <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Per instal·lacions automatitzades, podeu establir el fus horari a qualsevol "
+"valor mitjançant una configuració prèvia."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Realització de particions i selecció de punts de muntatge"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"relacionades com dispositius RAID, LVM o xifrats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informació, vegeu <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informació existent que tingueu al disc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1819,13 +1819,13 @@ msgstr ""
"escolliu l'opció <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> del menú."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Opcions per a la generació de particions"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particions, sistemes de fitxers i dispositius de blocs avançats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(«debconf») amb prioritats majors s'empraran valors per defecte adequats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1868,31 +1868,31 @@ msgstr ""
"ús de dispositius d'emmagatzematge, que sovint poder ser combinats:"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Gestor de volums lògics (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID per programari"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "S'admeten els nivells de RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 i 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Xifrat"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID d'ATA sèrie</emphasis> (emprant <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1914,13 +1914,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sataraid;\">al nostre wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1932,13 +1932,13 @@ msgstr ""
"s'habilita en arrencar l'instal·lador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "S'admeten els sistemes de fitxers següents:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1964,37 +1964,37 @@ msgstr ""
"generar les particions de forma guiada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (no disponible en totes les arquitectures)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "El sistema d'arxius predeterminat és UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (no disponible en totes les arquitectures)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cal tenir present el següent:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en l'agrupació fent servir l'ordre <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
"impediria l'arrencada del sistema des de GRUB."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fitxers arrel, és possible que no es pugui arrencar el sistema des de GRUB."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitectures)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2079,13 +2079,13 @@ msgstr ""
"protocol."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2095,13 +2095,13 @@ msgstr ""
"generar noves particions jffs2."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2111,19 +2111,19 @@ msgstr ""
"muntatge. No es poden generar noves particions qnx4."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (només lectura)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2133,13 +2133,13 @@ msgstr ""
"assignar-lis punts de muntatge. No es poden generar noves particions NTFS."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Fer particions de forma guiada"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>dm-crypt</quote> del nucli.</para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitectures."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personals."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"però pot trigar temps segons la mida del disc dur."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"canvis abans de fer-los efectius definitivament."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"los."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(xifrat), això no serà possible.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2272,73 +2272,73 @@ msgstr ""
"l'esquema escollit), es produirà un error."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de particions"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Espai mínim"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Particions generades"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Tots els fitxers en una partició"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partició /home separada"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Particions separades /home, /usr, /var i /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dins la partició LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ msgstr ""
"EFI."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ msgstr ""
"com, les particions i on es muntaran."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particions manualment."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2458,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr ""
"i com es descriu a continuació per fer les particions manualment."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Fer particions de forma manual"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"secció."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sota el disc seleccionat amb el títol <quote>ESPAI LLIURE</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"retorneu a la pantalla principal del <command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permet suprimir una partició."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"continuar fins que no solucioneu el problema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no n'assigneu una."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2619,13 +2619,13 @@ msgstr ""
"els heu sol·licitat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configuració de dispositius de discs múltiples (RAID de programari)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"més coneguda, <firstterm>RAID de programari</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"assignar-li un punt de muntatge, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2776,55 +2776,55 @@ msgstr ""
"variablelist> Per resumir-ho:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipus"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Dispositius mínims"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Dispositiu de recanvi"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Sobreviu a una fallida de disc?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Espai disponible"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2832,43 +2832,43 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "opcional"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>sí</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Mida de la partició més petita en el RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2878,19 +2878,19 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID menys ú"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2900,13 +2900,13 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID menys dos"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"és dos)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenu> <guimenuitem>volum físic per a RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per a <filename>/</filename> i RAID1 per a <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ msgstr ""
"El que segueixi dependrà del tipus de MD que seleccioneu."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formarà el MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"continuar fins que ho corregiu."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3029,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actives."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que necessitareu com a mínim <emphasis>quatre</emphasis> particions actives."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuir-se en discs diferents."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3080,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3095,13 +3095,13 @@ msgstr ""
"els punts de muntatge."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Configurar el Gestor de Volums Lògics (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de múltiples discs físics."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> si encara no ho heu fet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per a LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mostra les accions vàlides. Les possibles accions són:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3219,43 +3219,43 @@ msgstr ""
"l'estructura del dispositiu LVM, noms i mides dels volums lògics i més"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Genera un grup de volums"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Genera volums lògics"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Suprimeix el grup de volums"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Suprimeix el volum lògic"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Estén grup de volums"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Redueix el grup de volums"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"després generar volums lògics dins d'aquest."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3287,13 +3287,13 @@ msgstr ""
"normals (i les podreu tractar com a tals)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configuració de volums xifrats"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correcta, les dades al disc dur es mostraran com caràcters aleatoris."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un nucli des d'una partició xifrada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vostra CPU, el xifrat escollit i la longitud de la clau."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a la partició."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3388,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(inclòs als nous nuclis Linux, capaços de contenir volums físics LVM)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3402,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr ""
"la seguretat en ment."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Xifrat: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3434,13 +3434,13 @@ msgstr ""
"XXI."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Mida de la Clau: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3454,13 +3454,13 @@ msgstr ""
"al rendiment. Les mides per la clau disponibles varien depenent del xifrat."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algorisme IV: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'atac de deduir informació de plantilles repetides a les dades xifrades."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3492,25 +3492,25 @@ msgstr ""
"algorismes nous."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Clau de xifrat: <userinput>Contrasenya</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Ací podeu escollir el tipus de clau de xifrat per a aquesta partició."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Contrasenya"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3524,13 +3524,13 @@ msgstr ""
"base a la contrasenya que us permetrà entrar després en el procés."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Clau aleatòria"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no és pot aconseguir en tota la nostra vida completa.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3568,13 +3568,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dades suspeses escrites a la partició d'intercanvi."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Esborrar dades: <userinput>sí</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3596,7 +3596,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particions, açò podria tardar un temps."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3632,7 +3632,7 @@ msgstr ""
"parents, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3657,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introduint la contrasenya pel sistema de fitxers arrel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3679,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partició per xifrar-se."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3705,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tipus predeterminat no us convé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3733,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr ""
"instal·lació."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Instal·lació del sistema base"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de xarxa lents pot portar el seu temps."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esquerra</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sèrie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"podreu elegir a partir d'una llista dels nuclis disponibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3814,7 +3814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mantenidors dels seus paquets, de ser instal·lats amb aquests."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3827,13 +3827,13 @@ msgstr ""
"s'aplicaran a partir d'aquest punt del procés d'instal·lació."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Instal·lació de programari addicionals"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3848,13 +3848,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del sistema base si teniu una màquina o connexió de xarxa lenta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Configuració de l'apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per a la gestió de paquets."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gust després de completar la instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3922,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3938,13 +3938,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>contrib</quote> i <quote>non-free</quote> de l'arxiu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Instal·lar des de més d'un CD o DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pugui utilitzar-ne els paquets continguts."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instal·lar-se."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3987,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"els últims CD del joc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4004,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DVD cobreixen la majoria de les necessitats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4022,13 +4022,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'error."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Utilitzar una rèplica de xarxa"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4040,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminada normalment serà correcta, però hi ha certes excepcions."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4079,7 +4079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el nou sistema)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4093,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anterior. L'ús d'una rèplica de xarxa és opcional."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"estabilitat del sistema instal·lat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4124,26 +4124,26 @@ msgstr ""
"dades que es descarregarà si seleccioneu una rèplica depèn de:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "les tasques que seleccioneu en el pròxim pas de la instal·lació,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "quins paquets fan falta per a eixes tasques,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "quins d'eixos paquets estan presents als CD i DVD que heu afegit, i"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4155,7 +4155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualitzacions estables («stable-updates»)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4169,13 +4169,13 @@ msgstr ""
"updates») disponibles i aquests serveis s'han configurat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Seleccionar una rèplica de xarxa"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminada sol ésser una bona opció."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4208,7 +4208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de claudàtors, per exemple <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4237,7 +4237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ràpida."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4258,13 +4258,13 @@ msgstr ""
"IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Selecció i instal·lació de programari"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4282,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ràpida el vostre ordinador per fer tasques diverses."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4298,8 +4298,7 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Aquestes "
-"tasques representen de forma aproximada un nombre de feines o coses "
+"Aquestes tasques representen de forma aproximada un nombre de feines o coses "
"diferents que pot fer el vostre ordinador, com <quote>Entorn d'escriptori</"
"quote>, <quote>Servidor Web</quote> o <quote>Servidor d'impressió</"
"quote><footnote> <para> Hauríeu de saber que per mostrar aquesta llista, "
@@ -4313,7 +4312,7 @@ msgstr ""
"llista els requeriments d'espai de les tasques disponibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4326,7 +4325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"optar per no instal·lar cap tasca en aquest punt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4336,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"espaiadora per a canviar l'estat de selecció d'una tasca."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4346,7 +4345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'escriptori gràfic."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4362,7 +4361,7 @@ msgstr ""
"poden instal·lar simultàniament."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4381,7 +4380,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilitzeu una imatge de DVD o qualsevol altre mètode d'instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4394,7 +4393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4410,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema realment mínim."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4431,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"localització apropiats (si n'hi ha)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4446,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"procés d'instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4464,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instal·lació de paquets una vegada s'hagi començat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4482,13 +4481,13 @@ msgstr ""
"distribució «testing» açò passarà si esteu utilitzant una imatge vella."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Com fer el sistema arrencable"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4503,13 +4502,13 @@ msgstr ""
">.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Detecció d'altres sistemes operatius"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4525,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"addicionalment a &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4542,13 +4541,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'arrencada."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "L'instal·lador <command>palo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4564,13 +4563,13 @@ msgstr ""
"es deu a que <command>PALO</command> pot llegir particions Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
@@ -4578,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4590,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opció per als usuaris nouvinguts o similars."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4603,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manual del «grub»."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4615,14 +4614,14 @@ msgstr ""
"voleu utilitzar."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada <command>LILO</command> a un disc dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4639,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4654,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4664,13 +4663,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'arrencada <command>LILO</command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4680,13 +4679,13 @@ msgstr ""
"procés d'arrencada."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "una nova partició de &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4698,13 +4697,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; i funcionarà com a carregador d'arrencada secundari."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Una altra opció"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4717,7 +4716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4733,13 +4732,13 @@ msgstr ""
"haureu de tornar a &debian; d'una altra manera!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instal·lació del carregador <command>ELILO</command> en un disc dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4768,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"realment la feina de carregar i iniciar el nucli del Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4786,13 +4785,13 @@ msgstr ""
"disc dur que conté el sistema de fitxers <emphasis>arrel</emphasis>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Trieu la partició correcta!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4811,13 +4810,13 @@ msgstr ""
"que això esborrarà qualsevol contingut que hi haja!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Continguts de la partició EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4848,13 +4847,13 @@ msgstr ""
"reconfigure el sistema."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4866,13 +4865,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fitxer reescrits per referir-se als fitxers de la partició EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4886,13 +4885,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del <quote>gestor d'arrencada EFI</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4907,13 +4906,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4926,13 +4925,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4946,13 +4945,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instal·lar <command>Yaboot</command> en un disc dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4973,13 +4972,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arrencar &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instal·lar <command>Quik</command> en un disc dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4994,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr ""
"7600 i en alguns clons de Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -5004,13 +5003,13 @@ msgstr ""
"on estarà tot el control del procés d'arrencada."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "L'instal·lador <command>zipl</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5026,13 +5025,13 @@ msgstr ""
"and Installation Commands</quote> del lloc web de «developerWorks» d'IBM."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instal·lar el carregador <command>SILO</command> al disc dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5063,13 +5062,13 @@ msgstr ""
"costat d'una instal·lació existent de SunOS/Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Fer que el sistema pugui arrencar amb «flash-kernel»"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5089,7 +5088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actual i, en cas afirmatiu,realitza les operacions necessàries."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5108,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"memòria flaix!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5124,13 +5123,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'usuari."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Continuar sense el carregador d'arrencada"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5143,7 +5142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilitzareu el carregador d'arrencada existent)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5165,13 +5164,13 @@ msgstr ""
"separada, el sistema de fitxers <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Finalització de la instal·lació"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5183,13 +5182,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deixat el &d-i;"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Configuració del rellotge del sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5203,7 +5202,7 @@ msgstr ""
"operatius instal·lats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5221,7 +5220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arrencada dual, seleccioneu hora local en comptes d'UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5233,13 +5232,13 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccionada."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Arrencada del sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5251,7 +5250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arrencarà el nou sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5266,13 +5265,13 @@ msgstr ""
"la instal·lació."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Solucionar problemes"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5284,13 +5283,13 @@ msgstr ""
"es produeix algun error."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Desar els registres de la instal·lació"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5302,7 +5301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installer/</filename> en el nou sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5318,14 +5317,14 @@ msgstr ""
"adjuntar-los a un informe d'instal·lació."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr ""
"Utilització de l'intèrpret d'ordres i visualització dels fitxers de registre"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5351,14 +5350,14 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> per tornar a l'instal·lador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Per a l'instal·lador gràfic vegeu també <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5375,7 +5374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tornar a l'instal·lador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5393,7 +5392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"característiques molt pràctiques, com l'autocompleció i l'historial."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5405,7 +5404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"directori <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5417,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"surt malament o per a depuració."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5431,13 +5430,13 @@ msgstr ""
"qui activi la partició d'intercanvi i no fer-ho vosaltres manualment."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Instal·lació a través de la xarxa"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5455,7 +5454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"install\"/>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5478,7 +5477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"remotament utilitzant SSH</guimenuitem>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5488,7 +5487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"després de configurar la xarxa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5511,7 +5510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"persona encarregada de continuar amb la instal·lació remota."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5523,7 +5522,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un altre component."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5554,7 +5553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haureu de confirmar que és correcta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5580,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"es perdi la connexió, podreu continuar o no després de tornar a connectar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5603,7 +5602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sigui necessari."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5627,7 +5626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</command>. </para></footnote> i torneu a intentar-ho."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5648,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'ordres."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5664,13 +5663,13 @@ msgstr ""
"finalitzi correctament."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Carregar microprogramari no inclòs a l'instal·lador"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5685,7 +5684,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serà necessari carregar el microprogramari per activar funcions addicionals."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5704,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"carregar el controlador de dispositiu corresponent."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5722,7 +5721,7 @@ msgstr ""
"es pot carregar des de targetes MMC o SD.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5734,7 +5733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari durant la instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5758,13 +5757,13 @@ msgstr ""
"la paraula «firmware»."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Preparar un dispositiu"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5789,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que funcioni durant les etapes inicials de la instal·lació."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5806,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositiu desitjat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5823,7 +5822,7 @@ msgstr ""
"microprogramari:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5835,13 +5834,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'altres sistemes ja instal·lats o del fabricant del maquinari."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Microprogramari i el sistema ja instal·lat"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5860,7 +5859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"microprogramari no es pugui carregar per problemes de versions."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5876,7 +5875,7 @@ msgstr ""
"s'actualitzarà automàticament si hi ha disponible una nova versió."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5888,7 +5887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el microprogramari (o el seu paquet)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/da/installation-howto.po b/po/da/installation-howto.po
index 2cd393a5c..3f4038cc8 100644
--- a/po/da/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/da/installation-howto.po
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 10:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Joe Hansen <joedalton2@yahoo.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <debian-l10n-danish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -463,20 +463,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"Det næste trin er at indstille dit ur og tidszone. Installationsprogrammet "
-"vil forsøge at kontakte en tidserver på internetet for at sikre at uret er "
-"indstillet korrekt. Tidszonen er baseret på dit landevalg tidligere og "
-"installationsprogrammet vil kun spørge hvis et land har flere zoner."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -487,15 +473,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"Indstilling af uret og tidszonen efterfølges af oprettelsen af brugerkonti. "
"Som standard bliver du spurgt om at angive en adgangskode for "
@@ -506,6 +491,20 @@ msgstr ""
"administrative opgaver kan udføres på det nye system."
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"Det næste trin er at indstille dit ur og tidszone. Installationsprogrammet "
+"vil forsøge at kontakte en tidserver på internetet for at sikre at uret er "
+"indstillet korrekt. Tidszonen er baseret på dit landevalg tidligere og "
+"installationsprogrammet vil kun spørge hvis et land har flere zoner."
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/da/using-d-i.po b/po/da/using-d-i.po
index 2838eb51b..72539d351 100644
--- a/po/da/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/da/using-d-i.po
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-guide using d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 10:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Joe Hansen <joedalton2@yahoo.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <debian-l10n-danish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1485,124 +1485,13 @@ msgstr ""
"via DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Konfigurer uret og tidszonen"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Installationsprogrammet vil først forsøge at tilslutte sig en tidsserver på "
-"internettet (med protokollen <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) for at indstille "
-"systemtiden korrekt. Hvis dette ikke lykkes vil installationsprogrammet "
-"antage at tiden og datoen hentet fra systemuret da installationssystemet "
-"blev startet er korrekt. Det er ikke muligt manuelt at angive systemtiden "
-"under installationsprocessen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "Installationsprogrammet ændrer ikke systemuret på S/390-platformen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhængig af stedet valgt tidligere i installationsprocessen så kan der blive "
-"vist en liste over tidszoner som er relevante for det sted. Hvis dit sted "
-"kun har en tidszone og du udfører en standardinstallation, så vil du ikke "
-"blive spurgt om noget og systemet vil antage at tidszonen er korrekt."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"I eksperttilstanden eller ved installation på prioritet mellem, så vil du "
-"have den yderligere mulighed for at vælge <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</"
-"quote> (UTC) som tidszone."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du af en eller anden årsag ønsker at bruge en tidszone for det "
-"installerede system, som <emphasis>ikke</emphasis> svarer til det valgte "
-"sted, så er der to muligheder."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det nemmeste er bare at vælge en anden tidszone efter at installationen er "
-"færdig og du er logget ind på dit nye system. Kommandoen for dette er:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan tidszonen vælges i begyndelsen af installationen ved at "
-"sende parameteren <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>værdi</replaceable></"
-"userinput> når du starter installationssystemet op. Værdien skal "
-"selvfølgelig være en gyldig tidszone, for eksempel <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput> eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"For automatiserede installationer kan tidszonen sættes til enhver ønsket "
-"værdi med forhåndsindstilling."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Opsætning af brugere og adgangskoder"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1615,13 +1504,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen er færdig."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Angiv en adgangskode for root (administrator)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1635,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kun i så kort tid som muligt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1650,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Undgå ord fra ordbøger eller brug af personlig information, som kan gættes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1663,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrator."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1674,13 +1563,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Opret en normal bruger"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1694,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personlige logind."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1714,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&mdash; hvis det er nyt for dig, så overvej at læse en sådan bog."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1728,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"om en adgangskode for denne konto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1738,13 +1627,124 @@ msgstr ""
"konto, så brug kommandoen <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Konfigurer uret og tidszonen"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet vil først forsøge at tilslutte sig en tidsserver på "
+"internettet (med protokollen <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) for at indstille "
+"systemtiden korrekt. Hvis dette ikke lykkes vil installationsprogrammet "
+"antage at tiden og datoen hentet fra systemuret da installationssystemet "
+"blev startet er korrekt. Det er ikke muligt manuelt at angive systemtiden "
+"under installationsprocessen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "Installationsprogrammet ændrer ikke systemuret på S/390-platformen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhængig af stedet valgt tidligere i installationsprocessen så kan der blive "
+"vist en liste over tidszoner som er relevante for det sted. Hvis dit sted "
+"kun har en tidszone og du udfører en standardinstallation, så vil du ikke "
+"blive spurgt om noget og systemet vil antage at tidszonen er korrekt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"I eksperttilstanden eller ved installation på prioritet mellem, så vil du "
+"have den yderligere mulighed for at vælge <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</"
+"quote> (UTC) som tidszone."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du af en eller anden årsag ønsker at bruge en tidszone for det "
+"installerede system, som <emphasis>ikke</emphasis> svarer til det valgte "
+"sted, så er der to muligheder."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det nemmeste er bare at vælge en anden tidszone efter at installationen er "
+"færdig og du er logget ind på dit nye system. Kommandoen for dette er:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativt kan tidszonen vælges i begyndelsen af installationen ved at "
+"sende parameteren <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>værdi</replaceable></"
+"userinput> når du starter installationssystemet op. Værdien skal "
+"selvfølgelig være en gyldig tidszone, for eksempel <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput> eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"For automatiserede installationer kan tidszonen sættes til enhver ønsket "
+"værdi med forhåndsindstilling."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partitionering og valg af monteringspunkt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enheder."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detaljerne, så se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilgængelige."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1810,13 +1810,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Manuelt</guimenuitem> fra menuen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Understøttede partitioneringsindstillinger"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitioneringstabeller, filsystemer og avancerede blokenheder."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standarder blive brugt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1860,31 +1860,31 @@ msgstr ""
"kombineret."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Logisk diskenhedshåndtering (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Program-RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Understøttede RAID-niveauer 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 og 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Kryptering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Seriel ATA RAID</emphasis> (med <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1906,13 +1906,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgængelig på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">vores Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (eksperimentel)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1924,13 +1924,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installationsprogrammet startes op."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "De følgende filsystemer er understøttet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1956,37 +1956,37 @@ msgstr ""
"når der bruges vejledt partitionering."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (ikke tilgængelig på alle arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Standardfilsystemet er UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (ikke tilgængelig på alle arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nogle ting man skal være opmærksom på:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr ""
"at starte systemet op."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indeholder din rodfilsystem forhindre GRUB i at starte dit system op."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2068,13 +2068,13 @@ msgstr ""
"reiserfs</classname>. Kun version 3 af filsystemet er understøttet."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2084,13 +2084,13 @@ msgstr ""
"oprette nye jffs2-partitioner."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2101,19 +2101,19 @@ msgstr ""
"partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (skrivebeskyttet)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2124,13 +2124,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitioner."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Vejledt partitionering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>. </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alle arkitekturer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sikkerhed for dine (personlige) data."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kan dog tage lidt tid afhængig af størrelsen på din disk."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til disken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til. Størrelsen på disken kan hjælpe med at identificere dem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM er dette ikke muligt. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2260,73 +2260,73 @@ msgstr ""
"skema), så vil partitionering med guide mislykkes."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Partitioneringsplan"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Mininumsplads"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Oprettede partitioner"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Alle filer på en partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Separat partition for /home"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Separate partitioner for /home, /var og /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oprettet inden i LVM-partitionen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og hvor de vil blive monteret."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det viser en mulig variation, som kan opnås med manuel partitionering."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2446,13 +2446,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitionering."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Manuel partitionering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dækket i den resterende del af dette afsnit."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"PLADS</quote> fremkomme i tabellen under den valgte disk."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedskærm."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mulighed for at slette en partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ msgstr ""
"retter dette."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dig i at fortsætte, indtil du har allokeret en."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2589,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2604,13 +2604,13 @@ msgstr ""
"som anmodt om."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Konfiguration af flerdiskenheder (program-RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> kan du formatere den, tildele et monteringspunkt etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2756,98 +2756,98 @@ msgstr ""
"at opsummere:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Minimum antal enheder"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Reservenhed"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Overlever diskfejl?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Tilgængelig plads"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
"Størrelsen for den mindste partition ganget med antallet af enheder i RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "valgfri"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Størrelse for den mindste partition i RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2857,19 +2857,19 @@ msgstr ""
"en)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2879,13 +2879,13 @@ msgstr ""
"to)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Totalen for alle partitioner delt med antallet af delkopier (standard er to)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>fysisk diskenhed for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> og RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> kan det være et alternativ."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr ""
"afhænger af den valgte MD-type."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitioner og din eneste opgave er at vælge partitionerne som udgør MD'en."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&d-i; lader dig ikke fortsætte før du har rettet fejltagelsen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3002,7 +3002,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du skal bruge mindst <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktive partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du skal bruge mindst <emphasis>fire</emphasis> aktive partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diske."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3065,13 +3065,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nye MD-enheder og tildele dem de normale attributter såsom monteringspunkter."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Konfiguration af den logiske diskenhedshåndtering (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3087,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ved at flytte rundt på ting, symbolske henvisninger etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"underliggende diskenhedsgrupper) kan strække sig over flere fysiske diske."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM-manual</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3145,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"De mulige handlinger er:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3188,43 +3188,43 @@ msgstr ""
"enhedsstruktur, navne og størrelser for logiske diskenheder og mere"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Opret diskenhedsgruppe"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Opret logisk diskenhed"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Slet diskenhedsgruppe"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Slet logisk diskenhed"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Udvid diskenhedsgruppe"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Reducer diskenhedsgruppe"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"så oprette dine logiske diskenheder inden i den."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3256,13 +3256,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitioner (og du skal opfatte dem som sådanne)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Konfigurer krypterede diskenheder"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3284,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"harddisken ligne vilkårlige tegn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nogen måde at indlæse kernen på fra en krypteret partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hastighed, valgte krypteringsalgoritme og nøglelængde."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indstillingsmuligheder for partitionen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diskenheder)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3370,13 +3370,13 @@ msgstr ""
"brug standarderne, da de er valgt med omhu med tanke på sikkerhed."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3402,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr ""
"for beskyttelse af ømtålelig information i det 21. århundrede."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Nøglestørrelse: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3422,13 +3422,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nøglestørrelser afhænger af krypteringsalgorimen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV-algoritme: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"angriberen i at udlede information fra gentagne mønstre i de krypterede data."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3460,25 +3460,25 @@ msgstr ""
"installerede systemer, som ikke kan anvende de nyere algoritmer."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Krypteringsnøgle: <userinput>Adgangsfrase</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Her kan du vælge typen for krypteringsnøglen for denne partition."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Adgangsfrase"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3492,13 +3492,13 @@ msgstr ""
"en adgangsfrase, som du vil kunne indtaste senere i processen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Vilkårlig nøgle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr ""
"så kan det ikke opnås i vores livstid)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3535,13 +3535,13 @@ msgstr ""
"efterfølgende opstart) at gendanne data skrevet til swappartitionen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Slet data: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"noget tid."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"når du indtaster adgangsfrasen for root-filsystemet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3646,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"krypteres."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"passer dig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3699,13 +3699,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Når du er tilfreds med partitionsplanen, så fortsæt med installationen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Installation af basissystemet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netværksforbindelse, så kan det tage noget tid."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3747,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen udføres over en seriel konsol."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3761,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr ""
"over tilgængelige kerner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pakkevedligeholderne, normalt installeres sammen med programmet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3791,13 +3791,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ovenfor træder kun i kraft efter dette punkt i installationsprocessen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Installation af yderligere programmer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3812,13 +3812,13 @@ msgstr ""
"system, hvis du har en langsom computer eller netværksforbindelse."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Konfigurer apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(pakkesøgning og statuskontrol) i en pæn brugerflade."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne fil efter behag når installationen er færdig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3882,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tjenesten <quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3898,13 +3898,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> i arkivet."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Installation fra mere end en cd eller dvd"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3919,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pakkerne inkluderet på disse."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3934,7 +3934,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeres."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3947,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"meget få rent faktisk anvender pakker inkluderet på den sidste cd i et sæt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"behov."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3982,13 +3982,13 @@ msgstr ""
"risikoen for fejl."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Brug af et netværksspejl"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4000,7 +4000,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fleste tilfælde bør standardsvaret være okay, men der er nogle undtagelser."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4017,7 +4017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<literal>desktop</literal> i det næste trin af installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen (d.v.s. efter du har genstartet i det nye system)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et netværksspejl er valgfrit."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4067,7 +4067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"stabiliteten for det installerede system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4082,19 +4082,19 @@ msgstr ""
"den. Mængden af data som hentes, hvis du vælger et spejl, afhænger der af"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "opgaverne du vælger i det næste trin af installationen,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "hvilke pakker der kræves for disse opgaver,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4103,7 +4103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skannet, og"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4115,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sikkerhed eller stable-updates)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4129,13 +4129,13 @@ msgstr ""
"og disse tjenester er blevet konfigureret."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Vælg et netværksspejl"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fint."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4168,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"omkring, for eksempel <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4196,7 +4196,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil være det hurtigste."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4215,13 +4215,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sendt til et spejl med IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Valg af og installation af programmer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"forskellige opgaver."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4255,22 +4255,22 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Disse opgaver "
-"repræsenterer løst et antal forskellige job eller områder du ønsker at bruge "
-"din computer indenfor, såsom et <quote>skrivebordsmiljø</quote>, "
-"<quote>netserver</quote>, eller <quote>udskrivningsserver</quote><footnote> "
-"<para> Du bør vide at for at præsentere denne liste så igangsætter "
-"installationsprogrammet programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan køres "
-"på et senere tidspunkt efter installationen for at installere yderligere "
-"pakker (eller fjerne dem), eller du kan bruge et mere fintunet værktøj såsom "
-"<command>aptitude</command>. Hvis du er på udkig efter en specifik pakke, så "
-"kør <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>pakke</replaceable></"
-"userinput>, efter installationen, hvor <replaceable>pakke</replaceable> er "
-"navnet på pakken du er på udkig efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend="
-"\"tasksel-size-list\"/> viser pladskravet for de tilgængelige opgaver."
+"Disse opgaver repræsenterer løst et antal forskellige job eller områder du "
+"ønsker at bruge din computer indenfor, såsom et <quote>skrivebordsmiljø</"
+"quote>, <quote>netserver</quote>, eller <quote>udskrivningsserver</"
+"quote><footnote> <para> Du bør vide at for at præsentere denne liste så "
+"igangsætter installationsprogrammet programmet <command>tasksel</command>. "
+"Det kan køres på et senere tidspunkt efter installationen for at installere "
+"yderligere pakker (eller fjerne dem), eller du kan bruge et mere fintunet "
+"værktøj såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Hvis du er på udkig efter en "
+"specifik pakke, så kør <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>pakke</"
+"replaceable></userinput>, efter installationen, hvor <replaceable>pakke</"
+"replaceable> er navnet på pakken du er på udkig efter. </para> </footnote>. "
+"<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> viser pladskravet for de tilgængelige "
+"opgaver."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tidspunkt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4293,7 +4293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til at skifte mellem valg af en opgave."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skrivebordsmiljø."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skriveborde fungerer måske ikke sammen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationsmetode."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4351,7 +4351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>; SSH-server: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4367,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et virkeligt minimalt system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4387,7 +4387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"også blive installeret (hvis tilgængelige)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4401,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vil programmet spørge brugeren under denne proces."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"afbryde installationen af pakker, når først den er startet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4437,13 +4437,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vil dette ske hvis du bruger et ældre aftryk."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Sikring af at dit system kan startes op"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4458,13 +4458,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Detektering af andre operativsystemer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4480,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"konfigureret til at starte disse andre operativsystmer udover &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4497,13 +4497,13 @@ msgstr ""
"information."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installationsprogrammet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4519,19 +4519,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Dette skyldes at <command>PALO</command> kan læse Linuxpartitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer opstartsindlæseren <command>Grub</command> på en harddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4543,7 +4543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nye brugere og selvfølgelig også gamle brugere."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4555,7 +4555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du installere grub et andet sted. Se grubs manual for information."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4566,13 +4566,13 @@ msgstr ""
"gå til hovedmenuen, og derfra vælges den opstartsindlæser du ønsker at bruge."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer opstartsindlæseren <command>LILO</command> på en harddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4589,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4603,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Linux og GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4613,13 +4613,13 @@ msgstr ""
"kan installeres:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4629,13 +4629,13 @@ msgstr ""
"opstartsprocessen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "ny &debian;-partition"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4647,13 +4647,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian;-partition og den vil fungere som en sekundær opstartsindlæser."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Andet valg"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4666,7 +4666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4682,13 +4682,13 @@ msgstr ""
"måde at komme tilbage til &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer opstartsindlæseren <command>ELILO</command> på harddisken"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4716,7 +4716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det faktiske arbejde med at indlæse og starte Linux-kernen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4734,13 +4734,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>root</emphasis>-filsystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Vælg den korrekte partition!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4758,13 +4758,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitionen under installationen, hvormed alt tidligere indhold slettes!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI-partitionsindhold"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4793,13 +4793,13 @@ msgstr ""
"efterhånden som systemet opdateres eller konfigureres om."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4811,13 +4811,13 @@ msgstr ""
"til at referere til filer i EFI-partitionen."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4831,13 +4831,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Boot Manager</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4852,13 +4852,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4870,13 +4870,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tabt næste gang <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> køres."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4890,13 +4890,13 @@ msgstr ""
"henvisning <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer <command>Yaboot</command> på en harddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4917,13 +4917,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian-gnu; op."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer <command>Quik</command> på en harddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4937,7 +4937,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på 7200, 7300 og 7600 Powermacs, og på nogle Power Computing-kloner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4947,13 +4947,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tage fuld kontrol over opstartsprocessen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installationsprogram"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4970,13 +4970,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer opstartsindlæseren <command>SILO</command> på harddisken"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5007,13 +5007,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installere GNU/Linux sammen med en eksisterende SunOS/Solaris-installation."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Gør systemet opstartsbart med flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5033,7 +5033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"understøttet, og hvis ja, udføres de nødvendige operationer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5051,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"overskriver normalt det tidligere indhold af flashhukommelsen!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5066,13 +5066,13 @@ msgstr ""
"brugerinteraktion."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Fortsæt uden opstartsindlæser"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5085,7 +5085,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du vil bruge en eksisterende opstartsindlæser)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5108,13 +5108,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>-filsystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Afslutning af installationen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5126,13 +5126,13 @@ msgstr ""
"at rydde op efter &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Indstilling af systemuret"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5146,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"operativsystemer som er installeret."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5164,7 +5164,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lokal tid i stedet for UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5176,13 +5176,13 @@ msgstr ""
"afhængig af valget du lige har foretaget."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Genstart systemet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5194,7 +5194,7 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet blive genstartet i dit nye &debian;-system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5207,13 +5207,13 @@ msgstr ""
"valgte for rodfilsystemet under de første trin af installationen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Problemløsning"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5225,13 +5225,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tilfælde af at noget går galt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Gemme installationsloggene"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5243,7 +5243,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nye &debian;-system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5259,13 +5259,13 @@ msgstr ""
"system eller vedhæfte dem til en installationsrapport."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Brug af skallen og visning af loggene"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5291,14 +5291,14 @@ msgstr ""
"keycombo> for at skifte tilbage til selve installationsprogrammet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
"For det grafiske installationsprogram, se også <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5314,7 +5314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skallen og returnere til installationsprogrammet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5332,7 +5332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automatisk fuldførelse og historik."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5344,7 +5344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mappen <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5357,7 +5357,7 @@ msgstr ""
# engelsk fejl!!
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5371,13 +5371,13 @@ msgstr ""
"din swappartition og ikke selv gøre dette fra en skal."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installation over netværket"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5395,7 +5395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5417,7 +5417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Fortsæt installation eksternt med brug af SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5427,7 +5427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opsætning af netværket."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5449,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fortsætte installationen eksternt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5461,7 +5461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vælge en anden komponent."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5493,7 +5493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du skal bekræfte, at det er korrekt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5518,7 +5518,7 @@ msgstr ""
"genoptage installationen efter ny tilslutning."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5541,7 +5541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bruges når krævet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5565,7 +5565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"replaceable>&gt;</command>. </para> </footnote> og prøv igen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5586,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"session for installationsmenuen, men kan starte flere sessioner for skaller."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5602,13 +5602,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installerede system."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Indlæsning af manglende firmware"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5623,7 +5623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kun krævet for at aktivere yderligere funktioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5641,7 +5641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmware</filename>) og drivermodulet vil blive genindlæst."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5659,7 +5659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kan firmware også indlæses fra et MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5671,7 +5671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5694,13 +5694,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Forberedelse af et medie"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5724,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sandsynligt, at det understøttes i de tidlige stadier af installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5740,7 +5740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filsystemet på mediet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5756,7 +5756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmwarepakker:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5768,13 +5768,13 @@ msgstr ""
"eller fra en udstyrsleverandør."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware og det installerede system"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5792,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmwaren ikke kan indlæses på grund af forskellene i versionerne."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5808,7 +5808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version bliver tilgængelig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5820,7 +5820,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmwaren (pakke) er installeret manuelt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/de/installation-howto.po b/po/de/installation-howto.po
index bc04891b0..dde3648d7 100644
--- a/po/de/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/de/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-31 15:11+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Holger Wansing <linux@wansing-online.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -477,6 +477,40 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach der Einstellung von Uhr und Zeitzone folgt die Einrichtung der "
+"Benutzerzugänge. Standardmäßig müssen Sie ein Passwort für den <quote>root</"
+"quote>-Zugang (Administrator) angeben sowie Informationen zur Erstellung "
+"eines regulären Benutzers. Wenn Sie kein Passwort für den <quote>root</"
+"quote>-Benutzer festlegen, führt das zur Deaktivierung dieses Kontos, aber "
+"später wird das <command>sudo</command>-Paket installiert, damit "
+"administrative Aufgaben auf dem neuen System durchgeführt werden können. "
+"Standardmäßig wird in diesem Fall der erste auf dem System eingerichtete "
+"Benutzer die Berechtigung erhalten, den <command>sudo</command>-Befehl zu "
+"verwenden, um root zu werden."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -492,31 +526,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Zeitzonen hat."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach der Einstellung von Uhr und Zeitzone folgt die Einrichtung der "
-"Benutzerzugänge. Standardmäßig müssen Sie ein Passwort für den <quote>root</"
-"quote>-Zugang (Administrator) angeben sowie Informationen zur Erstellung "
-"eines regulären Benutzers. Wenn Sie kein Passwort für den <quote>root</"
-"quote>-Benutzer festlegen, führt das zur Deaktivierung dieses Kontos, aber "
-"später wird das <command>sudo</command>-Paket installiert, damit "
-"administrative Aufgaben auf dem neuen System durchgeführt werden können. "
-"Standardmäßig wird in diesem Fall der erste auf dem System eingerichtete "
-"Benutzer die Berechtigung erhalten, den <command>sudo</command>-Befehl zu "
-"verwenden, um root zu werden."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/de/using-d-i.po b/po/de/using-d-i.po
index bffcb20b6..74eb15f00 100644
--- a/po/de/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/de/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-31 16:15+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Holger Wansing <linux@wansing-online.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1520,129 +1520,13 @@ msgstr ""
"DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Konfiguration der Uhr und Zeitzone"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Installer wird zunächst versuchen, einen Zeit-Server im Internet zu "
-"kontaktieren (mittels dem <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-Protokoll), um die "
-"Systemzeit korrekt einzustellen. Falls dies nicht gelingt, geht der "
-"Installer davon aus, dass Datum und Zeit so, wie sie beim Start des "
-"Installationssystems von der CMOS-Uhr empfangen wurden, korrekt sind. Es ist "
-"während des Installationsprozesses nicht möglich, die Systemzeit manuell "
-"einzustellen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf der S/390-Plattform wird die Systemzeit durch den Installer nicht "
-"verändert."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Abhängig vom Standort, der vorher während des Installationsprozesses "
-"ausgewählt wurde, könnte Ihnen eine Liste mit für diesen Ort relevanten "
-"Zeitzonen präsentiert werden. Wenn Ihr Land nur eine Zeitzone hat und Sie "
-"eine Standardinstallation durchführen, werden Sie nicht gefragt, das System "
-"wählt einfach diese Zeitzone aus."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Experten-Modus oder bei Installation mit Priorität medium haben Sie die "
-"zusätzliche Option, <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC, "
-"Koordinierte Weltzeit) als Zeitzone auszuwählen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie aus irgendeinem Grund eine Zeitzone für das zu installierende "
-"System einstellen möchten, die <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> zu dem "
-"ausgewählten Standort gehört, gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten:"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Das Einfachste ist, eine andere Zeitzone zu wählen, nachdem die Installation "
-"abgeschlossen ist und Sie das neue System gebootet haben. Der Befehl dazu "
-"ist:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativ kann die Zeitzone direkt beim Start der Installation gesetzt "
-"werden, indem Sie den Parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>Wert</"
-"replaceable></userinput> anhängen, wenn Sie den Installer booten. Der Wert "
-"sollte natürlich eine gültige Zeitzone sein, z.B. <userinput>Europe/Berlin</"
-"userinput> oder <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Bei automatisierten Installationen kann die Zeitzone mittels Voreinstellung "
-"auf jeden gewünschten Wert gesetzt werden."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Benutzerzugänge und Passwörter einrichten"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1655,13 +1539,13 @@ msgstr ""
"der Installation hinzugefügt werden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Das root-Passwort setzen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1676,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nötig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1692,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verwenden Sie keine persönlichen Informationen, die man erraten könnte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1705,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Systemadministratoren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1722,13 +1606,13 @@ msgstr ""
"erhalten, den <command>sudo</command>-Befehl zu verwenden, um root zu werden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Einen normalen Benutzer anlegen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1742,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Arbeit oder als persönlichen Login benutzen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1763,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"für Sie ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1777,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dann müssen sie noch ein Passwort für diesen Zugang angeben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1788,13 +1672,129 @@ msgstr ""
"Kommando."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Konfiguration der Uhr und Zeitzone"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installer wird zunächst versuchen, einen Zeit-Server im Internet zu "
+"kontaktieren (mittels dem <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-Protokoll), um die "
+"Systemzeit korrekt einzustellen. Falls dies nicht gelingt, geht der "
+"Installer davon aus, dass Datum und Zeit so, wie sie beim Start des "
+"Installationssystems von der CMOS-Uhr empfangen wurden, korrekt sind. Es ist "
+"während des Installationsprozesses nicht möglich, die Systemzeit manuell "
+"einzustellen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf der S/390-Plattform wird die Systemzeit durch den Installer nicht "
+"verändert."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Abhängig vom Standort, der vorher während des Installationsprozesses "
+"ausgewählt wurde, könnte Ihnen eine Liste mit für diesen Ort relevanten "
+"Zeitzonen präsentiert werden. Wenn Ihr Land nur eine Zeitzone hat und Sie "
+"eine Standardinstallation durchführen, werden Sie nicht gefragt, das System "
+"wählt einfach diese Zeitzone aus."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Im Experten-Modus oder bei Installation mit Priorität medium haben Sie die "
+"zusätzliche Option, <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC, "
+"Koordinierte Weltzeit) als Zeitzone auszuwählen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie aus irgendeinem Grund eine Zeitzone für das zu installierende "
+"System einstellen möchten, die <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> zu dem "
+"ausgewählten Standort gehört, gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten:"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Einfachste ist, eine andere Zeitzone zu wählen, nachdem die Installation "
+"abgeschlossen ist und Sie das neue System gebootet haben. Der Befehl dazu "
+"ist:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativ kann die Zeitzone direkt beim Start der Installation gesetzt "
+"werden, indem Sie den Parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>Wert</"
+"replaceable></userinput> anhängen, wenn Sie den Installer booten. Der Wert "
+"sollte natürlich eine gültige Zeitzone sein, z.B. <userinput>Europe/Berlin</"
+"userinput> oder <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei automatisierten Installationen kann die Zeitzone mittels Voreinstellung "
+"auf jeden gewünschten Wert gesetzt werden."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partitionierung und Auswahl der Einbindungspunkte im Dateisystem"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verschlüsselten Laufwerken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benötigen lesen Sie <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der Platte vorhandenen Daten nicht mehr erreichbar sind!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1862,13 +1862,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Partitionierung wollen, wählen Sie <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Unterstützte Partitionierungsoptionen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erweiterten blockorientierten Geräten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Standardwerte verwendet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1914,31 +1914,31 @@ msgstr ""
"Fällen auch kombiniert genutzt werden können."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Software-RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Unterstützt werden Level 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 und 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Verschlüsselung"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1961,13 +1961,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie in unserem <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimentell)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1979,13 +1979,13 @@ msgstr ""
"verfügbar, wenn es bereits beim Booten des Installers aktiviert wird."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Die folgenden Dateisysteme werden unterstützt:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -2011,37 +2011,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ext2 verwendet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (nicht auf allen Architekturen verfügbar)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Das Standard-Dateisystem ist UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (nicht auf allen Architekturen verfügbar)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aber es gibt einige Fallstricke:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr ""
"create</quote>-Befehl erzeugt werden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr ""
"davon abhalten würde, das System zu booten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"daran hindern, das System zu booten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verfügbar)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2126,13 +2126,13 @@ msgstr ""
"des Dateisystems unterstützt."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2142,13 +2142,13 @@ msgstr ""
"möglich, neue jffs2-Partitionen zu erstellen."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2159,19 +2159,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Partitionen zu erstellen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (nur Lesen)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2182,13 +2182,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Partitionen zu erstellen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Geführte Partitionierung"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>-Unterstützung des Kernels. </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr ""
"möglicherweise nicht auf allen Architekturen verfügbar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(persönlichen) Daten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"abhängig von der Größe der Festplatte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Änderungen zu bestätigen, bevor sie auf die Platten geschrieben werden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Festplatten kann Ihnen helfen, sie zu identifizieren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verschlüsselt) ist dies nicht möglich. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2324,73 +2324,73 @@ msgstr ""
"stellen, wird die automatische Partitionierung fehlschlagen."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Partitionierungsschema"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Mindestens erforderlicher Festplattenplatz"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Erstellte Partitionen"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Alle Dateien in eine Partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, Swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Separate /home-Partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, Swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Separate /home-, /var- und /tmp-Partitionen"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, Swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden innerhalb der LVM-Partition erstellt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Format-Menü, um eine Partition manuell als ESP einzurichten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formatiert werden und wo sie ins Dateisystem eingebunden werden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Variationen, die mit manueller Partitionierung erreicht werden können."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2513,13 +2513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"durch, wie unten für das manuelle Partitionieren erläutert."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Manuelle Partitionierung"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beschrieben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tabelle unter den ausgewählten Festplatten erscheinen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>-Hauptbildschirm zu gelangen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"möglich, eine Partition zu löschen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> Ihnen nicht, fortzufahren, bis diese Angelegenheit behoben ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2664,7 +2664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> oder <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2679,13 +2679,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Erstellung der Dateisysteme zu bestätigen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "<quote>Multidisk Devices</quote> (Software-RAID) konfigurieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"auch <firstterm>Software-RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einen Einbindungspunkt festlegen usw.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2841,98 +2841,98 @@ msgstr ""
"varlistentry> </variablelist> Um es nochmal zusammenzufassen:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Mindestanzahl benötigter Laufwerke"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Reserve-Laufwerk"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Übersteht einen Laufwerkscrash?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicherplatz"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nein</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
"Größe der kleinsten Partition multipliziert mit der Anzahl der Laufwerke"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "optional"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Größe der kleinsten Partition im Verbund"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2942,19 +2942,19 @@ msgstr ""
"1)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2964,13 +2964,13 @@ msgstr ""
"2)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(Standard ist 2)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"das <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software-RAID-HowTo</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"auswählen.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"boot</filename> zu verwenden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Typ Sie gewählt haben:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr ""
"MD bestehen soll."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benutzen müssen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benötigt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Platten verteilt werden können."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3163,13 +3163,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Attribute wie z.B. Einbindungspunkte festzulegen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Den <quote>Logical Volume Manager</quote> (LVM) konfigurieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einige Sachen umlagerten, symbolische Links verwendeten oder ähnliches."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"physikalische Laufwerke verteilen können."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lesen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"auswählen)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ msgstr ""
"entfernen, bevor Sie eine neue LVM-Einrichtung starten!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Aktionen sind:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3301,43 +3301,43 @@ msgstr ""
"Struktur der LVM-Geräte, die Namen und Größen der Logischen Volumes usw."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Volume-Gruppe erstellen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Logisches Volume erstellen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Volume-Gruppe löschen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Logisches Volume löschen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Volume-Gruppe erweitern"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Volume-Gruppe reduzieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command>-Hauptbildschirm"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dann innerhalb dieser Ihre logischen Volumes anzulegen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3369,13 +3369,13 @@ msgstr ""
"(und sie sollten auch als solche behandelt werden)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Verschlüsselte Dateisysteme konfigurieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erscheinen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verschlüsselten Partition zu laden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Verschlüsselung und der Schlüssellänge."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Verschlüsselungsoptionen für die Partition enthält."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"physikalische Volumes für LVM beherbergen zu können)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3492,13 +3492,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wurden."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Verschlüsselung: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3525,13 +3525,13 @@ msgstr ""
"im 21. Jahrhundert gewählt wurde."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Schlüssellänge: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3546,13 +3546,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Schlüssellängen variieren abhängig vom gewählten Algorithmus."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV-Algorithmus: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kann."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3587,25 +3587,25 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen, die die neueren Algorithmen nicht nutzen können."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Schlüssel: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Hier können Sie den Typ des Schlüssels für diese Partition wählen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Passphrase"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3619,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr ""
"auf Basis einer Passphrase, die Sie später im Prozess eingeben müssen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Zufälliger Schlüssel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denn, es gibt eine unbekannte Schwäche im Verschlüsselungsalgorithmus.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3664,13 +3664,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Partition geschrieben wurden, nach dem nächsten Start wiederherzustellen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Daten löschen: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3692,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"optischen Mediums wiederherstellen können. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Partitionstabelle. Bei großen Partitionen kann dies eine Weile dauern."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3729,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Haustieren, Familienmitgliedern oder Angehörigen etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3755,7 +3755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"für das Root-Dateisystem eingegeben haben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3779,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dies wird für jede zu verschlüsselnde Partition wiederholt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zu ändern, falls die Standardwerte Ihnen nicht zusagen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volumes\"/> behandelt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3835,13 +3835,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation fortfahren."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Installation des Basissystems"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Zeit dauern."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3873,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Konsole erfolgt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3900,7 +3900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"können Sie selbst aus einer Liste verfügbarer Kernel auswählen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3919,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"normalerweise mit installiert werden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3933,13 +3933,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationsprozesses (nach der Installation des Basissystems)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Installation zusätzlicher Software"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3955,13 +3955,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkverbindung haben."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "apt konfigurieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3997,7 +3997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hübschen Oberfläche integriert haben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -4012,7 +4012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beendet ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -4032,7 +4032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>stable-updates</quote>-Service."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -4049,13 +4049,13 @@ msgstr ""
"verwenden möchten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Von mehr als einer CD oder DVD installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Pakete, die auf diesen Disks enthalten sind, verwenden kann."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -4085,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie im nächsten Schritt der Installation über die Programmgruppen auswählen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -4099,7 +4099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wirklich Pakete von den letzten CDs eines Sets."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4118,7 +4118,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ausreichen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4137,13 +4137,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Reihenfolge eingelegt werden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Einen Internet-Spiegel-Server verwenden"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Ausnahmen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4175,7 +4175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"literal>-Programmgruppe zur Installation auszuwählen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4197,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Neustart, wenn Sie Ihr neues System gebootet haben)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4212,7 +4212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Servers ist in diesen Fällen optional."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Stabilität des installierten Systems zu beeinträchtigen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4246,20 +4246,20 @@ msgstr ""
"folgenden Faktoren ab:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
"die Programmgruppen, die Sie im nächsten Installationsschritt auswählen,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "welche Pakete für diese Programmgruppen benötigt werden,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4268,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enthalten sind, und"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4281,7 +4281,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen bzw. für <quote>stable-updates</quote>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4297,13 +4297,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ist und wenn die entsprechenden Dienste konfiguriert wurden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Auswahl eines Netzwerk-Spiegel-Servers"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4321,7 +4321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Server ist für gewöhnlich eine gute Wahl."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4338,7 +4338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4367,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Server ist (obwohl dies für Sie nicht unbedingt der schnellste sein muss)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4387,13 +4387,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Nähe verweisen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Software auswählen und installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4411,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Aufgaben des Rechners am nächsten kommen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4427,16 +4427,16 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Diese Programmgruppen (Tasks) repräsentieren eine lockere "
-"Zusammenstellung von verschiedenen Aufgaben oder Dingen, die Sie mit Ihrem "
-"Computer erledigen können, wie <quote>Desktop-Umgebung</quote> "
-"(Arbeitsplatzrechner), <quote>Web-Server</quote> (Inhalte für das Internet "
-"bereitstellen) oder <quote>Druck-Server</quote> (Drucken und "
-"Druckmanagement) <footnote> <para> Sie sollten wissen, dass der Installer "
-"lediglich das Programm <command>tasksel</command> aufruft, in dem dann diese "
-"Liste angezeigt wird. <command>tasksel</command> kann auch nach der "
-"Installation jederzeit aufgerufen werden, um weitere Pakete zu installieren "
-"(oder sie zu entfernen), oder Sie benutzen ein feinkörnigeres Werkzeug wie "
+"Diese Programmgruppen (Tasks) repräsentieren eine lockere Zusammenstellung "
+"von verschiedenen Aufgaben oder Dingen, die Sie mit Ihrem Computer erledigen "
+"können, wie <quote>Desktop-Umgebung</quote> (Arbeitsplatzrechner), "
+"<quote>Web-Server</quote> (Inhalte für das Internet bereitstellen) oder "
+"<quote>Druck-Server</quote> (Drucken und Druckmanagement) <footnote> <para> "
+"Sie sollten wissen, dass der Installer lediglich das Programm "
+"<command>tasksel</command> aufruft, in dem dann diese Liste angezeigt wird. "
+"<command>tasksel</command> kann auch nach der Installation jederzeit "
+"aufgerufen werden, um weitere Pakete zu installieren (oder sie zu "
+"entfernen), oder Sie benutzen ein feinkörnigeres Werkzeug wie "
"<command>aptitude</command>. Wenn Sie nach Abschluß der Installation ein "
"bestimmtes einzelnes Paket suchen, führen Sie einfach <userinput>aptitude "
"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput> aus, wobei "
@@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Programmgruppen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4460,7 +4460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installieren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4470,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benutzen, um den Auswahlzustand der Programmgruppen zu ändern."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4480,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wird eine grafische Arbeitsplatz-Umgebung (Desktop-Umgebung) installiert."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4497,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"die so nicht installierbar sind."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4518,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationsmethode installieren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4530,7 +4530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>cups</classname>; SSH-Server: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wissen, was Sie tun und möchten ein absolut minimalistisches System."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4568,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sind)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4583,7 +4583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationsschrittes danach gefragt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4602,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation der Pakete abzubrechen, wenn sie einmal gestartet wurde."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4622,13 +4622,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wenn Sie ein älteres CD-Image verwenden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Ihr System boot-fähig machen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4643,13 +4643,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wird; siehe dazu <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Andere Betriebssysteme erkennen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4666,7 +4666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden kann."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4683,13 +4683,13 @@ msgstr ""
"bezüglich detaillierter Informationen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Den <command>palo</command>-Bootloader installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4705,19 +4705,19 @@ msgstr ""
"liegt daran, dass <command>palo</command> Linux-Partitionen lesen kann."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>grub</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4729,7 +4729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux-Neulinge als auch für erfahrene Nutzer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4742,7 +4742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vollständige Informationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4754,13 +4754,13 @@ msgstr ""
"den Sie nutzen möchten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>lilo</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4777,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HowTo</ulink> an."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4792,7 +4792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manuell erstellen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4802,13 +4802,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>-Bootloader installiert werden kann:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4818,13 +4818,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Boot-Prozess."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "new &debian; partition (Ihre neue &debian;-Partition)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4836,13 +4836,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Partition installieren und als Sekundär-Bootloader fungieren."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Other Choice (Andere Auswahl)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4855,7 +4855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> verwenden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4871,13 +4871,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie eine andere Möglichkeit finden müssen, um &debian; zu starten!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>elilo</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4907,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Laden und Starten des Linux-Kernels) zu verrichten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4925,13 +4925,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Festplatte wie das <emphasis>root</emphasis>-Dateisystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Wählen Sie die richtige Partition aus!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4951,13 +4951,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vorher vorhandenen Daten gelöscht!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Inhalt der EFI-Partition"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4988,13 +4988,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wenn das System aktualisiert oder neu konfiguriert wird."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -5007,13 +5007,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Partition verweisen."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -5027,13 +5027,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>EFI-Boot-Managers</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -5048,13 +5048,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/initrd.img</filename> verweist."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -5067,13 +5067,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sbin/elilo</filename> verloren sind."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -5087,13 +5087,13 @@ msgstr ""
"die der symbolische Link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename> verweist."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>yaboot</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -5114,13 +5114,13 @@ msgstr ""
"OpenFirmware ist konfiguriert, &debian-gnu; zu booten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>quik</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -5135,7 +5135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Computing-Clones funktioniert."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -5145,13 +5145,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Kontrolle über den Boot-Prozess hat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Den <command>zipl</command>-Bootloader installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5168,13 +5168,13 @@ msgstr ""
"erfahren möchten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Den <command>silo</command>-Bootloader auf Festplatte installieren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5207,13 +5207,13 @@ msgstr ""
"möchten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Das System mit flash-kernel boot-fähig machen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5234,7 +5234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wird; falls ja, führt es die nötigen Schritte aus."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5253,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Speichers überschrieben wird!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5268,13 +5268,13 @@ msgstr ""
"durch den Benutzer zu ermöglichen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Ohne Bootloader fortfahren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5287,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr ""
"weil ein vorhandener Bootloader benutzt werden soll)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5310,13 +5310,13 @@ msgstr ""
"angelegt haben)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Die Installation beenden"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5328,13 +5328,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation ein wenig aufzuräumen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Die Systemuhr stellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5350,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sind."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5370,7 +5370,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haben möchten, wählen Sie lokale Zeit statt UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5382,13 +5382,13 @@ msgstr ""
"als lokale Zeit, abhängig von der Auswahl, die vorher getroffen wurde."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Den Rechner neu starten"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5400,7 +5400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der Rechner neu gebootet und das neue &debian;-System startet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5414,13 +5414,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationsschritte für das Root-Dateisystem vorgesehen haben."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Fehlersuche/-behebung"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5432,13 +5432,13 @@ msgstr ""
"zu unterstützen, falls etwas schief läuft."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Die Protokolldateien der Installation sichern"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5451,7 +5451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Systems kopiert."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5469,13 +5469,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hinzufügen möchten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Verwenden der Shell und Auswerten der Protokolldateien"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5502,7 +5502,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5510,7 +5510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5527,7 +5527,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zu kommen, geben Sie <userinput>exit</userinput> ein."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5546,7 +5546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Vervollständigung und Speicherung der letzten Befehle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5558,7 +5558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie im Verzeichnis <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5570,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Fall gedacht, dass etwas schief läuft und zur Fehlersuche."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5585,13 +5585,13 @@ msgstr ""
"erledigen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installation über das Netzwerk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5610,7 +5610,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie dazu <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5634,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Komponente erfolgreich geladen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5644,7 +5644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nach der Einrichtung des Netzwerks."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5668,7 +5668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"übertragen, die die Installation per Fernzugriff fortsetzt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5680,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anderen Installationsschritt auswählen können."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5714,7 +5714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vergleichen und bestätigen, dass er korrekt ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5741,7 +5741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation fortsetzen, nachdem die Verbindung wieder aufgebaut wurde."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5765,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5791,7 +5791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote> und können es dann noch einmal probieren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5812,7 +5812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jedoch mehrere weitere Sitzungen mit Shell-Eingabeaufforderungen starten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5828,13 +5828,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation oder zu Problemen mit dem installierten System führen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Fehlende Firmware nachladen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5850,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erforderlich ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5869,7 +5869,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erneut geladen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5888,7 +5888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"von einer MMC- oder SD-Karte geladen werden.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5900,7 +5900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dass es während der Installation nicht benötigt wird."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5924,13 +5924,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>firmware</quote> suchen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Einen Datenträger vorbereiten"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5955,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationsschritte bereits unterstützt wird."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Datenträger."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5989,7 +5989,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gar keine Firmware-Pakete sind:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -6001,13 +6001,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installierten System bekommen oder von dem Hersteller Ihrer Hardware."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware und das zu installierende System"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -6026,7 +6026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem installierten System ein anderer Kernel läuft als im Installer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -6043,7 +6043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aktualisiert wird, wenn später einmal eine neue Version verfügbar ist."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -6056,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket) nicht von Hand nachinstalliert haben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/el/installation-howto.po b/po/el/installation-howto.po
index 501682ffa..e41a07e9a 100644
--- a/po/el/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/el/installation-howto.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 19:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: galaxico <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -487,22 +487,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"Το επόμενο βήμα είναι η ρύθμιση του ρολογιού σας και της χρονικής ζώνης. Ο "
-"εγκαταστάτης θα προσπαθήσει να έρθει σε επαφή με έναν χρονικό διακομιστή στο "
-"Διαδίκτυο ώστε να είναι βέβαιο ότι το ρολόι θα ρυθμιστεί σωστά. Η χρονική "
-"ζώνη βασίζεται στην χώρα που έχει επιλεγεί νωρίτερα και ο εγκαταστάτης θα "
-"ζητήσει την επιλογή μιας χρονικής ζώνης μόνο αν για μια χώρα υπάρχουν "
-"πολλαπλές τέτοιες."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -513,15 +497,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"Η ρύθμιση του ρολογιού και της χρονικής ζώνης ακολουθείται από τη δημιουργία "
"λογαριασμών χρηστών. Εξ ορισμού θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε έναν κωδικό "
@@ -533,6 +516,22 @@ msgstr ""
"εκτέλεση των διαφόρων διαχειριστικών ενεργειών στο καινούριο σύστημα."
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"Το επόμενο βήμα είναι η ρύθμιση του ρολογιού σας και της χρονικής ζώνης. Ο "
+"εγκαταστάτης θα προσπαθήσει να έρθει σε επαφή με έναν χρονικό διακομιστή στο "
+"Διαδίκτυο ώστε να είναι βέβαιο ότι το ρολόι θα ρυθμιστεί σωστά. Η χρονική "
+"ζώνη βασίζεται στην χώρα που έχει επιλεγεί νωρίτερα και ο εγκαταστάτης θα "
+"ζητήσει την επιλογή μιας χρονικής ζώνης μόνο αν για μια χώρα υπάρχουν "
+"πολλαπλές τέτοιες."
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po
index a92a30325..c2f444660 100644
--- a/po/el/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-05 13:45+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: galaxico <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1541,129 +1541,13 @@ msgstr ""
"(ρύθμιση διεύθυνσης μέσω NDP και επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους μέσω DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού και της χρονικής ζώνης"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο εγκαταστάτης θα προσπαθήσει πρώτα να συνδεθεί με ένα εξυπηρετητή χρόνου "
-"στο Διαδίκτυο (χρησιμοποιώντας το πρωτόκολλο <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) "
-"ώστε να ρυθμίσει σωστά τον χρόνο του συστήματος. Αν αυτό δεν πετύχει, θα "
-"υποθέσει ότι ο χρόνος και η ημερομηνία που προκύπτουν από το ρολόι του "
-"συστήματος στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος εγκατάστασης είναι σωστά. Δεν είναι "
-"δυνατόν να ρυθμίσετε με το χέρι τον χρόνο του συστήματος κατά τη διαδικασία "
-"της εγκατάστασης."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο εγκαταστάτης δεν τροποποιεί το ρολόι του συστήματος στην πλατφόρμα S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί νωρίτερα στη διαδικασία "
-"εγκατάστασης, ίσως να δείτε μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την "
-"τοποθεσία αυτή. Αν η τοποθεσία σας αντιστοιχεί σε μία μόνο χρονική ζώνη, και "
-"η εγκατάσταση που κάνετε είναι η προκαθορισμένη, δεν θα ερωτηθείτε καθόλου "
-"και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη χρονική ζώνη."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε κατάσταση \"έμπειρου\" χρήστη ή όταν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στο επίπεδο "
-"μέσης προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε την επιπρόσθετη επιλογή της ζώνης "
-"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) ως χρονικής ζώνης."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν για κάποιο λόγο θέλετε να ορίσετε μια χρονική ζώνη για το σύστημα προς "
-"εγκατάσταση που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> ταιριάζει με την τοποθεσία που έχει "
-"επιλεχθεί υπάρχουν δύο επιλογές."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Η απλούστερη δυνατότητα είναι απλά η επιλογή μιας διαφορετικής χρονικής "
-"ζώνης μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης και την είσοδο στο καινούριο "
-"σύστημα. Η εντολή για να το κάνετε αυτό είναι:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Εναλλακτικά, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί να καθοριστεί στην αρχή αρχή της "
-"εγκατάστασης και δίνοντας την παράμετρο <userinput>time/ "
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> στην εκκίνηση του "
-"συστήματος. Η τιμή value θα πρέπει φυσικά να είναι μια έγκυρη χρονική ζώνη, "
-"για παράδειγμα <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> ή <userinput>UTC</"
-"userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να "
-"καθοριστεί σε όποια επιθυμητή τιμή με τη χρήση προρύθμισης (preseeding)."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1676,13 +1560,13 @@ msgstr ""
"δημιουργηθούν μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1698,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"χρονικό διάστημα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1715,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1728,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1739,13 +1623,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1760,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"στο σύστημα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1783,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1797,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1807,13 +1691,129 @@ msgstr ""
"έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού και της χρονικής ζώνης"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Ο εγκαταστάτης θα προσπαθήσει πρώτα να συνδεθεί με ένα εξυπηρετητή χρόνου "
+"στο Διαδίκτυο (χρησιμοποιώντας το πρωτόκολλο <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) "
+"ώστε να ρυθμίσει σωστά τον χρόνο του συστήματος. Αν αυτό δεν πετύχει, θα "
+"υποθέσει ότι ο χρόνος και η ημερομηνία που προκύπτουν από το ρολόι του "
+"συστήματος στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος εγκατάστασης είναι σωστά. Δεν είναι "
+"δυνατόν να ρυθμίσετε με το χέρι τον χρόνο του συστήματος κατά τη διαδικασία "
+"της εγκατάστασης."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"Ο εγκαταστάτης δεν τροποποιεί το ρολόι του συστήματος στην πλατφόρμα S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί νωρίτερα στη διαδικασία "
+"εγκατάστασης, ίσως να δείτε μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την "
+"τοποθεσία αυτή. Αν η τοποθεσία σας αντιστοιχεί σε μία μόνο χρονική ζώνη, και "
+"η εγκατάσταση που κάνετε είναι η προκαθορισμένη, δεν θα ερωτηθείτε καθόλου "
+"και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη χρονική ζώνη."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε κατάσταση \"έμπειρου\" χρήστη ή όταν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στο επίπεδο "
+"μέσης προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε την επιπρόσθετη επιλογή της ζώνης "
+"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) ως χρονικής ζώνης."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν για κάποιο λόγο θέλετε να ορίσετε μια χρονική ζώνη για το σύστημα προς "
+"εγκατάσταση που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> ταιριάζει με την τοποθεσία που έχει "
+"επιλεχθεί υπάρχουν δύο επιλογές."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Η απλούστερη δυνατότητα είναι απλά η επιλογή μιας διαφορετικής χρονικής "
+"ζώνης μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης και την είσοδο στο καινούριο "
+"σύστημα. Η εντολή για να το κάνετε αυτό είναι:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Εναλλακτικά, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί να καθοριστεί στην αρχή αρχή της "
+"εγκατάστασης και δίνοντας την παράμετρο <userinput>time/ "
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> στην εκκίνηση του "
+"συστήματος. Η τιμή value θα πρέπει φυσικά να είναι μια έγκυρη χρονική ζώνη, "
+"για παράδειγμα <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> ή <userinput>UTC</"
+"userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να "
+"καθοριστεί σε όποια επιθυμητή τιμή με τη χρήση προρύθμισης (preseeding)."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"τους όπως οι RAID, LVM ή κρυπτογραφημένες συσκευές."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"προσβάσιμα οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα που υπάρχουν ήδη στον δίσκο."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1880,13 +1880,13 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> από το μενού."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Υποστηριζόμενα σχήματα διαμέρισης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευών δίσκων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κάποιες εύλογες προεπιλογές."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1933,31 +1933,31 @@ msgstr ""
"χρησιμοποιηθούν και σε συνδυασμό."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Διαχείριση Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) "
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Λογισμικό RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Υποστηρίζονται τα επίπεδα RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (με χρήση <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1979,13 +1979,13 @@ msgstr ""
"διατίθενται στο <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">our Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (σε πειραματική φάση)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1997,13 +1997,13 @@ msgstr ""
"η επιλογή αυτή κατά την εκκίνηση του εγκαταστάτη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Υποστηρίζονται τα ακόλουθα συστήματα αρχείων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -2029,39 +2029,39 @@ msgstr ""
"αρχείων ext2 αν χρησιμοποιείται η καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (δεν είναι διαθέσιμη για όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Το προεπιλεγμένο σύστημα αρχείων είναι το UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (δεν είναι διαθέσιμη σε όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάσταση, αλλά υπάρχουν μερικά σημεία που χρειάζονται προσοχή:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> command."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"στο GRUB να εκκινήσει το σύστημά σας."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"δεν θα επιτρέψει στο GRUB να εκκινήσει το συστημά σας."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αρχιτεκτονικές)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2146,13 +2146,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αρχείων."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2163,13 +2163,13 @@ msgstr ""
"jffs2."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2180,19 +2180,19 @@ msgstr ""
"κατατμήσεων με αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2203,13 +2203,13 @@ msgstr ""
"νέές κατατμήσεις με NTFS."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Καθοδηγούμενη Διαμέριση"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"προσφέροντας έτσι επιπλέον ασφάλεια για τα (προσωπικά) σας δεδομένα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ msgstr ""
"χρονοβόρο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος του δίσκου σας."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αυτές τις αλλαγές πριν γραφτούν στον δίσκο."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"των δίσκων μπορεί να σας βοηθήσει να τους ταυτοποιήσετε."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"είναι εφικτό. </phrase>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2346,73 +2346,73 @@ msgstr ""
"1GB (εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB "
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB "
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /var και /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> "
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2436,7 +2436,7 @@ msgstr ""
"δημιουργηθούν μέσα στην κατάτμηση LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διαμόρφωσης για την δημιουργία με το χέρι μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κάνοντας διαμέριση με το χέρι."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2538,13 +2538,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αλλαγές όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω σχετικά με την διαμέριση με το χέρι."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Διαμέριση με το χέρι"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"δίσκο."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"οθόνη του <command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μενού σάς επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε μια κατάτμηση."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να προσδιορίσετε μια τέτοια."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2708,13 +2708,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση Συσκευών Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (RAID σε λογισμικό)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ msgstr ""
"λογισμικού (Software RAID)</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr ""
"προσάρτησης κλπ.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2875,55 +2875,55 @@ msgstr ""
"variablelist> Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Τύπος"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Επιβιώνει από την αστοχία δίσκου;"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2931,43 +2931,43 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "προαιρετικό"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2977,19 +2977,19 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2999,13 +2999,13 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον δύο)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -3015,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κομματιών (chunk) (εξ' ορισμού έχει την τιμή δύο)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"δυνατή επιλογή."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"MD που επιλέξατε."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"δεν θα σας αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το πρόβλημα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> ενεργές κατατμήσεις."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ενεργές κατατμήσεις."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3164,7 +3164,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευές ώστε όλα τα αντίγραφα να κατανέμονται σε διαφορετικούς δίσκους."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(αρκετά αξιόπιστη κατάτμηση μεγέθους 100 GB σαν <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3198,13 +3198,13 @@ msgstr ""
"γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3242,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται μεταξύ αρκετών φυσικών συσκευών δίσκων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>φυσικός τόμος για LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ενέργειες είναι:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3325,43 +3325,43 @@ msgstr ""
"δομή της συσκευής LVM, ονόματα και μεγέθη των λογικών τόμων και άλλα"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Δημιουργία ομάδας τόμων"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Επέκταση λογικού τόμου"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Συρρίκνωση ομάδας τόμων"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3371,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3382,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"σ' αυτήν."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3395,13 +3395,13 @@ msgstr ""
"διαχειριστείτε σαν τέτοιες)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κρυπτογραφημένων Τόμων"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3425,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"σαν τυχαίοι χαρακτήρες."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3449,7 +3449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αλλληλογραφίας ή εκτυπώσεων αποθηκεύουν τα δεδομένα τους"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης και το μήκος του κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κατάτμηση."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3494,7 +3494,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"προεπιλογές, επειδή έχουν επιλεγεί με προσοχή έχοντας στο μυαλό την ασφάλεια."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Αλγόριθμος κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3546,13 +3546,13 @@ msgstr ""
"κρυπτογράφησης για την προστασία ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών στον 21ο αιώνα."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Μέγεθος κλειδιού: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3567,13 +3567,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αλγόριθμο."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Αλγόριθμος IV: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"επαναλαμβανόμενους σχηματισμούς στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3607,13 +3607,13 @@ msgstr ""
"είναι ικανό να χρησιμοποιήσει νεώτερους αλγόριθμους."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Συνηθηματική φράση</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
@@ -3621,13 +3621,13 @@ msgstr ""
"κατάτμηση."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Συνθηματική φράση"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3642,13 +3642,13 @@ msgstr ""
"συνέχεια της διαδικασίας."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Τυχαίο κλειδί"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διάρκεια μιας ανθρώπινης ζωής)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3688,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr ""
"που έχουν εγγραφεί στην κατάτμηση swap."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Διαγραφή δεδομένων: <userinput>ναι</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3755,7 +3755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κατοικιδίων, ονόματα μελών της οικογένειάς σας ή συγγενών, κ.λπ.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3781,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εισάγατε την συνθηματική φράση για το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"πρέπει να επαναληφθεί για κάθε κατάτμηση που πρόκειται να κρυπτογραφηθεί."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3851,7 +3851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συστημάτων αρχείων αν τα προεπιλεγμένα δεν σας ταιριάζουν."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>.σ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3888,13 +3888,13 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάσταση."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3909,7 +3909,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ώρα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3953,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"πυρήνων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"από την σκοπιά των συντηρητών των πακέτων, να εγκαθίστανται μαζί με αυτό."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3984,13 +3984,13 @@ msgstr ""
"σημείο της διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -4006,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr ""
"υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"τον χρήστη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -4077,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ευέλικτα πακέτα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -4114,13 +4114,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>contrib</quote> και <quote>non-free</quote> της αρχειοθήκης. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από περισσότερα από ένα CD ή DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -4134,7 +4134,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ώστε ο εγκαταστάτης να χρησιμοποιήσει τα πακέτα που περιέχονται σ' αυτά."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -4149,7 +4149,7 @@ msgstr ""
"θα επιλέξετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -4163,7 +4163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"πραγματικά κάποια από τα πακέτα στα τελευταία CD ενός σετ."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"πρώτα DVD θα καλύψουν τις περισσότερες ανάγκες."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4199,13 +4199,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αύξουσα σειρά θα μειώσει την πιθανότητα λαθών."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4218,7 +4218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"υπάρχουν μερικές εξαιρέσεις."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4236,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"literal> στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4258,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(δηλ. μετά την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4272,7 +4272,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ενότητα. Η χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη είναι προαιρετική."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4289,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"σταθερότητα του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"επιλέξετε ένα δικτυακό καθρέφτη εξαρτάται συνεπώς από"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
@@ -4313,20 +4313,20 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάστασης,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "το ποια πακέτα περιλαμβάνονται στις ομάδες αυτές,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "ποια από τα πακέτα αυτά βρίσκονται στα CD ή DVD που έχετε σαρώσει και"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"των ευέλικτων-stable-updates-πακέτων)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a "
@@ -4358,13 +4358,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ευελιξίας και οι αντίστοιχες υπηρεσίες έχουν ρυθμιστεί."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Επιλογή ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συνήθως μια χαρά. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4400,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"πιθανόν να μην είναι ο γρηγορότερος δυνατόν."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4450,13 +4450,13 @@ msgstr ""
"IPv6, θα σας παραπέμψει σε έναν κοντινό σας καθρέφτη με δυνατότητα IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4474,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4490,25 +4490,25 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Αυτές οι ομάδες πακέτων αντιπροσωπεύουν χονδρικά έναν "
-"αριθμό διαφορετικών εργασιών ή πραγμάτων που θέλετε να κάνετε με τον "
-"υπολογιστή σας, τέτοια όπως η χρήση ενός <quote>περιβάλλοντος γραφείου "
-"(Desktop environment)</quote>, <quote>εξυπηρετητή Ιστοσελίδων</quote>, ή "
-"<quote>εξυπηρετητή εκτπώσεων</quote><footnote> <para> Θα πρέπει να ξέρετε "
-"ότι για την εμφάνιση της λίστας αυτής, ο εγκαταστάτης απλά καλεί το "
-"πρόγραμμα <command>tasksel</command>.Μπορείτε να εκτελέσετε αυτή την εντολή "
-"οποιαδήποτε στιγμή μετά την εγκατάσταση για να εγκαταστήσετε (ή να "
-"αφαιρέσετε) περισσότερα πακέτα, ή μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα πιο "
-"εκλεπτυσμένο εργαλείο όπως το <command>aptitude</command>. Αν ψάχνετε για "
-"ένα συγκεκριμένο πακέτο, μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης, απλά "
-"εκτελέστε την εντολή <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</"
-"replaceable></userinput>,όπου <replaceable>package</replaceable> είναι το "
-"όνομα του πακέτου που ψάχνετε. </para> </footnote>. Στην ενότητα <xref "
-"linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> μπορείτε να δείτε τις απαιτήσεις σε χώρο "
-"δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων."
+"Αυτές οι ομάδες πακέτων αντιπροσωπεύουν χονδρικά έναν αριθμό διαφορετικών "
+"εργασιών ή πραγμάτων που θέλετε να κάνετε με τον υπολογιστή σας, τέτοια όπως "
+"η χρήση ενός <quote>περιβάλλοντος γραφείου (Desktop environment)</quote>, "
+"<quote>εξυπηρετητή Ιστοσελίδων</quote>, ή <quote>εξυπηρετητή εκτπώσεων</"
+"quote><footnote> <para> Θα πρέπει να ξέρετε ότι για την εμφάνιση της λίστας "
+"αυτής, ο εγκαταστάτης απλά καλεί το πρόγραμμα <command>tasksel</command>."
+"Μπορείτε να εκτελέσετε αυτή την εντολή οποιαδήποτε στιγμή μετά την "
+"εγκατάσταση για να εγκαταστήσετε (ή να αφαιρέσετε) περισσότερα πακέτα, ή "
+"μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα πιο εκλεπτυσμένο εργαλείο όπως το "
+"<command>aptitude</command>. Αν ψάχνετε για ένα συγκεκριμένο πακέτο, μετά "
+"την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης, απλά εκτελέστε την εντολή "
+"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>,"
+"όπου <replaceable>package</replaceable> είναι το όνομα του πακέτου που "
+"ψάχνετε. </para> </footnote>. Στην ενότητα <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list"
+"\"/> μπορείτε να δείτε τις απαιτήσεις σε χώρο δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες "
+"πακέτων."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε καμμία ομάδα πακέτων σ' αυτό το σημείο."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4532,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"γραφικό περιβάλλον GNOME."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4557,7 +4557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ενός DVD ή οποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4593,7 +4593,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4609,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ξέρετε τι κάνετε και θέλετε ένα πραγματικά ελάχιστο σύστημα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4630,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"περιβάλλον (αν υπάρχουν τέτοια διαθέσιμα)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4645,7 +4645,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ανάλογα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4664,7 +4664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4683,13 +4683,13 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκαταστάτη."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4704,13 +4704,13 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4727,7 +4727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4745,13 +4745,13 @@ msgstr ""
"σας εκκίνησης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4768,20 +4768,20 @@ msgstr ""
"πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4794,7 +4794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"χρήστες."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4807,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4819,14 +4819,14 @@ msgstr ""
"φορτωτή εκκίνησης που θα θέλατε να χρησιμοποιήσετε."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4844,7 +4844,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4859,7 +4859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4869,13 +4869,13 @@ msgstr ""
"τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4885,13 +4885,13 @@ msgstr ""
"διαδικασίας εκκίνησης."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "νέο τμήμα &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4903,13 +4903,13 @@ msgstr ""
"τμήματος &debian; και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4927,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συσκευών όπως <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ή <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4944,14 +4944,14 @@ msgstr ""
"επιστρέψετε στο &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4982,7 +4982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -5000,13 +5000,13 @@ msgstr ""
"σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -5026,13 +5026,13 @@ msgstr ""
"της εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -5063,13 +5063,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -5081,13 +5081,13 @@ msgstr ""
"αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -5101,13 +5101,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>&debian; GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -5122,13 +5122,13 @@ msgstr ""
"συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -5141,13 +5141,13 @@ msgstr ""
"το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -5161,13 +5161,13 @@ msgstr ""
"οποίο δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -5188,13 +5188,13 @@ msgstr ""
"OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -5226,13 +5226,13 @@ msgstr ""
"βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5249,14 +5249,14 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5290,13 +5290,13 @@ msgstr ""
"SunOS/Solaris. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5309,7 +5309,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5331,13 +5331,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5351,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιον φορτωτή εκκίνησης που ήδη υπάρχει)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5374,13 +5374,13 @@ msgstr ""
"επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5392,13 +5392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Συνίσταται κυρίως σε ένα \"σιγύρισμα\" μετά τη χρήση του &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Ρολογιού του Συστήματος"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5412,7 +5412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"στοιχεία όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι εγκατεστημμένα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5431,7 +5431,7 @@ msgstr ""
"διπλής εκκίνησης επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5443,13 +5443,13 @@ msgstr ""
"χρόνο, ανάλογα με την επιλογή που μόλις κάνατε."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του Συστήματος"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5461,7 +5461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει στο καινούριο σας σύστημα &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5475,13 +5475,13 @@ msgstr ""
"επιλέξατε σαν ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων στα πρώτα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Επίλυση προβλημάτων"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5493,13 +5493,13 @@ msgstr ""
"για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5512,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5529,13 +5529,13 @@ msgstr ""
"σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5562,7 +5562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5570,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5587,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"για να κλείσετε το κέλυφος και να επιστρέψετε στον εγκαταστάτη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5605,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5617,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5630,7 +5630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5645,13 +5645,13 @@ msgstr ""
"το κέλυφος."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5670,7 +5670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5695,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5705,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5729,7 +5729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάσταση από μακριά."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5741,7 +5741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5801,7 +5801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"τη δυνατότητα να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση μετά την επανασύνδεση."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5825,7 +5825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"συνέπεια θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο αν είναι αναγκαία."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5850,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para> </footnote> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5871,7 +5871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5888,13 +5888,13 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Φόρτωση λογισμικού firmware που απουσιάζει"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5910,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmwareχρειάζεται μόνο για την ενεργοποίηση επιπρόσθετων χαρακτηριστικών."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5929,7 +5929,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>) και το άρθρωμα του οδηγού της συσκευής θα ξαναφορτωθεί."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5947,7 +5947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"και amd64 firmware μπορεί επίσης να φορτωθεί από μια κάρτα MMC ή SD.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5959,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr ""
"κατά την εγκατάσταση."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5983,13 +5983,13 @@ msgstr ""
"και να αναζητήσετε για το <quote>firmware</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Προετοιμασία ενός μέσου"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -6016,7 +6016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"εγκατάστασης."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -6032,7 +6032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"αποσυμπιέστε τα στο σύστημα αρχείων του μέσου."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -6049,7 +6049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"λογισμικού που δεν αφορούν firmware:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -6061,13 +6061,13 @@ msgstr ""
"παράδειγμα από ένα ήδη εγκατεστημένο σύστημα ή από έναν κατασκευαστή."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Λογισμικό firmware και το Εγκατεστημένο Σύστημα"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -6086,7 +6086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"φορτωθεί εξαιτίας της αλλαγής (skew) του πυρήνα."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -6103,7 +6103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"του."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -6115,7 +6115,7 @@ msgstr ""
"μέχρι το πακέτο (του λογισμικού) εγκατασταθεί με το χέρι."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/es/installation-howto.po b/po/es/installation-howto.po
index 90175b323..09ca672f8 100644
--- a/po/es/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/es/installation-howto.po
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-07 16:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Javier Fernández-Sanguino <jfs@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -510,21 +510,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"El siguiente paso es fijar su reloj y zona horaria. El instalador intentará "
-"contactar con un servidor de tiempos en Internet para asegurarse que su "
-"reloj está bien fijado. La zona horaria se basa en el país seleccionado "
-"anteriormente y el instalador sólo le pedirá seleccionar una si un país "
-"tiene múltiples zonas horarias."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -535,15 +520,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"La configuración de la hora y zona horaria sigue a la creación de cuentas de "
"usuario. Por omisión, se solicita que proporcione una contraseña para la "
@@ -554,6 +538,21 @@ msgstr ""
"la realización de tareas de administración en el sistema nuevo."
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente paso es fijar su reloj y zona horaria. El instalador intentará "
+"contactar con un servidor de tiempos en Internet para asegurarse que su "
+"reloj está bien fijado. La zona horaria se basa en el país seleccionado "
+"anteriormente y el instalador sólo le pedirá seleccionar una si un país "
+"tiene múltiples zonas horarias."
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/es/using-d-i.po b/po/es/using-d-i.po
index 9ad6680a0..67dba9039 100644
--- a/po/es/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/es/using-d-i.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-28 22:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Javier Fernández-Sanguino <jfs@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian l10n Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1543,125 +1543,13 @@ msgstr ""
"parámetros adicionales mediante DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configuración del reloj y zona horaria"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"El instalador intentará conectar a un servidor de tiempos en Internet "
-"(utilizando el protocolo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) para poder fijar "
-"correctamente la hora del sistema. Si esta operación no tiene éxito, el "
-"instalador asumirá que la fecha y hora obtenida del reloj del sistema cuando "
-"el sistema de instalación arrancó es la hora correcta. No es posible fijar "
-"la hora del sistema manualmente durante el proceso de instalación."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "El instalador no modifica el reloj del sistema en la plataforma S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"De acuerdo con el lugar seleccionado con anterioridad en el proceso de "
-"instalación, se le mostrará una lista de zonas horarias apropiadas. No se le "
-"hará ninguna pregunta si su ubicación tiene sólo una zona horaria ya que el "
-"sistema supondrá que está en esa zona."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"En modo experto o al realizar una instalación con prioridad media, tendrá la "
-"opción adicional de seleccionar el <quote>Tiempo universal coordinado</"
-"quote> (UTC) como zona horaria."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Si por alguna razón desea establecer una zona horaria que <emphasis>no</"
-"emphasis> corresponde con la ubicación para el sistema instalado elegida, "
-"hay dos opciones:"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"La opción más sencilla implica elegir una zona horaria distinta después de "
-"terminada la instalación y haber reiniciado al nuevo sistema. La orden para "
-"lograrlo sería:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por otra parte, la zona horaria puede establecerse justo al comienzo de la "
-"instalación utilizando el parámetro <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</"
-"replaceable></userinput> cuando arranca el sistema de instalación. El valor "
-"tiene que ser una zona horaria válida, por ejemplo <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"En el caso de instalaciones automatizadas puede definir la zona horaria con "
-"cualquier valor usando la preconfiguración."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Configurar usuarios y contraseñas"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1674,13 +1562,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cuentas de usuario una vez haya terminado el proceso de instalación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Configurar la contraseña de root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1695,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"durante un tiempo tan corto como sea posible."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1712,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"averiguar fácilmente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1724,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ser que haya más de una persona haciendo tareas de administración del equipo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1735,13 +1623,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Crear un usuario normal"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1755,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cuenta personal o de uso diario."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1776,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"recomendamos que lea alguno si este tema es nuevo para vd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1790,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"continuación se le pedirá una contraseña para esta cuenta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1800,13 +1688,125 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizar la orden <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Configuración del reloj y zona horaria"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"El instalador intentará conectar a un servidor de tiempos en Internet "
+"(utilizando el protocolo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) para poder fijar "
+"correctamente la hora del sistema. Si esta operación no tiene éxito, el "
+"instalador asumirá que la fecha y hora obtenida del reloj del sistema cuando "
+"el sistema de instalación arrancó es la hora correcta. No es posible fijar "
+"la hora del sistema manualmente durante el proceso de instalación."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "El instalador no modifica el reloj del sistema en la plataforma S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"De acuerdo con el lugar seleccionado con anterioridad en el proceso de "
+"instalación, se le mostrará una lista de zonas horarias apropiadas. No se le "
+"hará ninguna pregunta si su ubicación tiene sólo una zona horaria ya que el "
+"sistema supondrá que está en esa zona."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"En modo experto o al realizar una instalación con prioridad media, tendrá la "
+"opción adicional de seleccionar el <quote>Tiempo universal coordinado</"
+"quote> (UTC) como zona horaria."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Si por alguna razón desea establecer una zona horaria que <emphasis>no</"
+"emphasis> corresponde con la ubicación para el sistema instalado elegida, "
+"hay dos opciones:"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"La opción más sencilla implica elegir una zona horaria distinta después de "
+"terminada la instalación y haber reiniciado al nuevo sistema. La orden para "
+"lograrlo sería:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por otra parte, la zona horaria puede establecerse justo al comienzo de la "
+"instalación utilizando el parámetro <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</"
+"replaceable></userinput> cuando arranca el sistema de instalación. El valor "
+"tiene que ser una zona horaria válida, por ejemplo <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"En el caso de instalaciones automatizadas puede definir la zona horaria con "
+"cualquier valor usando la preconfiguración."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Particionado y elección de punto de montaje"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"relacionadas como LVM o dispositivos RAID."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detalles, lea el <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr ""
"datos que existan en el disco no vuelvan a ser accesibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1872,13 +1872,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> en el menú."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Opciones de particionado aceptados"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fichero y dispositivos de bloque avanzado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se usarán valores predefinidos adecuados con prioridades más altas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1922,31 +1922,31 @@ msgstr ""
"usar en combinación."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Gestor de Volúmenes Lógicos (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Software RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Se aceptan los niveles de RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 y 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Cifrado"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (usando <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1968,13 +1968,13 @@ msgstr ""
"\">nuestra wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1986,13 +1986,13 @@ msgstr ""
"al arrancar el instalador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Se permiten los siguientes sistemas de fichero."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -2018,37 +2018,37 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> si se usa el particionado guiado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (no disponible para todas las arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "El sistema de ficheros predeterminado es UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (no disponible para todas las arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"activar manualmente, después de la primera instalación, aunque con riesgos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mediante la orden <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniciara en su sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se iniciara en su sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2131,13 +2131,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Sólo se permite la versión 3 del sistema de ficheros."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2147,13 +2147,13 @@ msgstr ""
"particiones jffs2 nuevas."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2163,19 +2163,19 @@ msgstr ""
"puntos de montaje. No es posible crear particiones qnx4 nuevas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (sólo lectura)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2185,13 +2185,13 @@ msgstr ""
"puntos de montaje. No es posible crear particiones NTFS nuevas."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionado guiado"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con <quote>dm-crypt</quote> en el núcleo. </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitecturas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(personales)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esto puede llevar un tiempo dependiendo del tamaño de su disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr ""
"estos cambios antes de escribirlos en disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de los discos puede ayudarle a identificarlos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM (cifrado). </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2324,73 +2324,73 @@ msgstr ""
"guiado fallará."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de particionado"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Espacio mínimo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Particiones creadas"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Todos los ficheros en una partición"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, intercambio"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partición /home separada"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, intercambio"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Particiones /home, /var y /tmp separadas"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, intercambio"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partición LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"como una partición de arranque EFI."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cómo, y dónde se montarán."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizando el particionado manual."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2516,13 +2516,13 @@ msgstr ""
"como se describe a continuación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionado manual"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manualmente sus particiones y el uso de éstas en su sistema &debian; nuevo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disco seleccionado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partición."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"continuar hasta que corrija esto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr ""
"habilite una."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2681,13 +2681,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemas de ficheros solicitados."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configuración de dispositivos multidisco (RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conocida <firstterm>RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2838,55 +2838,55 @@ msgstr ""
"variablelist> Resumiendo:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos mínimos"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de reserva"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "¿Sobrevive al fallo de un disco?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Espacio disponible"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID 0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2894,43 +2894,43 @@ msgstr ""
"el sistema RAID."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID 1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "opcional"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>sí</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Tamaño de la menor partición en el sistema RAID."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID 5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2940,19 +2940,19 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos en RAID menos uno."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID 6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2962,13 +2962,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos RAID menos dos)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID 10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(predeterminado a 2)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr ""
"raid-howto;\">CÓMO de RAID</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>volumen físico para RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/</filename> y RAID 1 para <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -3046,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dependen del tipo de MD seleccionado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3078,7 +3078,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particiones, &d-i; no le dejará continuar hasta que solucione el problema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particiones activas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"activas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"activos como copias estarían distribuidas en diferentes discos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bastante segura de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3153,13 +3153,13 @@ msgstr ""
"atributos habituales, como los puntos de montaje."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Configuración del gestor de volúmenes lógicos (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"otro, realizando enlaces simbólicos, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pueden extenderse a lo largo de varios discos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3218,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lvm-howto;\">CÓMO LVM</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3235,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>volumen físico para LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3269,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cada momento. Las acciones posibles son:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3280,43 +3280,43 @@ msgstr ""
"lógicos junto con otra información."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Crear grupo de volúmenes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Crear volúmenes lógicos"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Borrar el grupo de volúmenes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Borrar volúmenes lógicos"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Extender los grupos de volúmenes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Reducir los grupos de volúmenes"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3336,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"primera vez y después cree dentro de éste sus volúmenes lógicos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3348,13 +3348,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tratarlas como tales)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configurar volúmenes cifrados"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correcta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3406,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr ""
"núcleo de una partición cifrada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3421,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"escogidos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partición."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3450,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3469,13 +3469,13 @@ msgstr ""
"con mucho cuidado pensando en la seguridad de su sistema."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Cifrado: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3502,13 +3502,13 @@ msgstr ""
"proteger información sensible en el siglo XXI."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Longitud de clave: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3523,13 +3523,13 @@ msgstr ""
"distintos tamaños de longitud de clave."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algoritmo de VI: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"datos cifrados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3563,25 +3563,25 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmos."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Clave de cifrado: <userinput>Frase de contraseña</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Aquí puede introducir el tipo de clave de cifrado para esta partición."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Frase de contraseña"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3595,13 +3595,13 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña que podrá introducir en el proceso más adelante."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Clave aleatoria"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3620,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"razonable."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3641,13 +3641,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del sistema guardados en la partición de intercambio."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Borrar los datos: <userinput>sí</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3670,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"escrituras en medios magneto-ópticos. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tardarán un tiempo si está trabajando con particiones grandes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mascotas, nombres de miembros de la familia, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3733,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de ficheros raíz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cada partición a cifrar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ficheros si los valores por omisión no se ajustan a sus necesidades."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3837,13 +3837,13 @@ msgstr ""
"particionado."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Instalar el sistema base"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3857,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr ""
"podría tomar algún tiempo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3874,7 +3874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de que la instalación se realice a través de una consola serie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3900,7 +3900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"entre una lista de núcleos disponibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ser instalados junto con esos programas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3932,13 +3932,13 @@ msgstr ""
"punto del proceso de instalación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Instalar programas adicionales"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3953,13 +3953,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ordenador lento o su conexión de red es lenta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Configurar apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comprobaciones de estado) en un interfaz de usuario más amigable."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ msgstr ""
"este fichero a su gusto una vez haya terminado la instalación."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -4040,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -4056,13 +4056,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>non-free</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Instalar desde uno o más CDs o DVDs"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -4076,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalador pueda usar los paquetes incluídos en ellos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccione en el siguiente paso de la instalación puedan instalarse."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr ""
"paquetes incluidos en el último CD de un conjunto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el primer y segundo DVD suplirían la mayoría de necesidades."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4139,13 +4139,13 @@ msgstr ""
"equivocaciones."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Usar una réplica en red"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4158,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"excepciones."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4176,7 +4176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalación."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4197,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reiniciado en el nuevo sistema)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4211,7 +4211,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uso de una réplica en red es opcional."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4227,7 +4227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"estabilidad del sistema instalado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4243,19 +4243,19 @@ msgstr ""
"red dependerá de:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "las tareas que seleccione en el paso siguiente de esta instalación,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "los paquetes que se requieran para esas tareas,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4264,7 +4264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"explorado, y"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"una réplica de seguridad o actualizaciones stable-updates)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4290,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr ""
"servicios que se hayan configurado."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Seleccionar una réplica de red"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4313,7 +4313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opción predefinida es correcto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ésta, como por ejemplo <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4358,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"IPv6, aunque probablemente no sea la más rápida."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4377,13 +4377,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cercana a su ubicación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Elegir e instalar programas"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4401,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"paquetes disponibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4417,24 +4417,23 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Estas tareas representan un "
-"conjunto de tareas o cosas que querrá realizar con su sistema. Ejemplo de "
-"estas tareas son: <quote>Entorno de escritorio</quote>, <quote>Servidor web</"
-"quote> o <quote>Servidor de impresión</quote><footnote> <para> Debería saber "
-"que para obtener esta lista el instalador simplemente llama al programa "
-"<command>tasksel</command>. Este programa puede ejecutarse en cualquier "
-"momento después de la instalación para instalar (o eliminar) más paquetes."
-"También puede utilizar una herramienta de selección de grano más fino como "
-"puede ser <command>aptitude</command>. Si está buscando un paquete "
-"específico sólo tiene que ejecutar, después de la instalación "
-"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paquete</replaceable></userinput>, "
-"donde <replaceable>paquete</replaceable> es el nombre del paquete que está "
-"buscando. </para> </footnote>. Puede encontrar una lista de los requisitos "
-"de espacio de las tareas disponibles en <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/"
-">."
+"Estas tareas representan un conjunto de tareas o cosas que querrá realizar "
+"con su sistema. Ejemplo de estas tareas son: <quote>Entorno de escritorio</"
+"quote>, <quote>Servidor web</quote> o <quote>Servidor de impresión</"
+"quote><footnote> <para> Debería saber que para obtener esta lista el "
+"instalador simplemente llama al programa <command>tasksel</command>. Este "
+"programa puede ejecutarse en cualquier momento después de la instalación "
+"para instalar (o eliminar) más paquetes.También puede utilizar una "
+"herramienta de selección de grano más fino como puede ser <command>aptitude</"
+"command>. Si está buscando un paquete específico sólo tiene que ejecutar, "
+"después de la instalación <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paquete</"
+"replaceable></userinput>, donde <replaceable>paquete</replaceable> es el "
+"nombre del paquete que está buscando. </para> </footnote>. Puede encontrar "
+"una lista de los requisitos de espacio de las tareas disponibles en <xref "
+"linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4447,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ninguna tarea en este punto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4457,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz de usuario estándar del instalador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4471,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNOME."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4482,7 +4481,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4508,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería funcionar sin problemas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4517,7 +4516,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4533,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está haciendo y si desea un sístema realmente básico."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4554,7 +4553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"localización adecuados a él (si están disponibles)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4569,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necesita información del usuario."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4587,7 +4586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opción para cancelar la instalación de paquetes una vez haya comenzado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4606,13 +4605,13 @@ msgstr ""
"suceder si está utilizando una imagen antigua en el CD-ROM."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Hacer su sistema arrancable"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4627,13 +4626,13 @@ msgstr ""
"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Detección de otros sistemas operativos"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4649,7 +4648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para que arranque este sistema operativo además de &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4667,13 +4666,13 @@ msgstr ""
"información."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4690,20 +4689,20 @@ msgstr ""
"particiones Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa ARREGLAME ( se necesita más información )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instalación del gestor de arranque <command>Grub</command> en un disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4715,7 +4714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminada tanto para los usuarios principiantes como para los veteranos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4728,7 +4727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manual de grub para más información."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4739,14 +4738,14 @@ msgstr ""
"principal, y desde ahí seleccione el gestor de arranque que quiere usar."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instalación del gestor de arranque <command>LILO</command> en un disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4763,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consultar el <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">Mini-CÓMO de LILO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4778,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux y GNU/Hurd después de la instalación."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4788,13 +4787,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arranque <command>LILO</command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Registro maestro de arranque («Master Boot Record» o MBR, N. del t.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4804,13 +4803,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arranque."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "Nueva partición de &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4822,13 +4821,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hará las veces de gestor de arranque secundario."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Otra opción"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4841,7 +4840,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4857,14 +4856,14 @@ msgstr ""
"volver a arrancar &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instalación del gestor de arranque <command>ELILO</command> en el disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4893,7 +4892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"realmente carga y arranca el núcleo de Linux) lo ejecuta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4911,13 +4910,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ficheros <emphasis>raíz</emphasis>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "¡Escoja la partición correcta!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4936,13 +4935,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partición durante la instalación, ¡eliminando cualquier contenido previo!."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Contenido de una partición EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4973,13 +4972,13 @@ msgstr ""
"se vuelve a configurar."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4991,13 +4990,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ficheros reescritos para hacer referencia a los ficheros en la partición EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -5011,13 +5010,13 @@ msgstr ""
"de arranque EFI</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -5032,13 +5031,13 @@ msgstr ""
"initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -5050,13 +5049,13 @@ msgstr ""
"perderá la próxima vez que se ejecute <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -5070,13 +5069,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalación de <command>Yaboot</command> en el disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -5097,13 +5096,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arrancar &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalación de <command>Quik</command> en el disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -5118,7 +5117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"y en clones de Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -5135,13 +5134,13 @@ msgstr ""
"manual de grub para más información."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5159,14 +5158,14 @@ msgstr ""
"saber más sobre <command>ZIPL</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instalación del gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> en un disco duro"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5198,13 +5197,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5217,7 +5216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5229,7 +5228,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5239,13 +5238,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Continuar sin gestor de arranque"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5258,7 +5257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un gestor de arranque que ya exista en el sistema)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5281,13 +5280,13 @@ msgstr ""
"separada."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Finalizar la instalación"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5299,13 +5298,13 @@ msgstr ""
"en limpiar lo dejado por el &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5320,7 +5319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ejemplo, otros sistemas operativos que están instalados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5340,7 +5339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de la hora UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5352,13 +5351,13 @@ msgstr ""
"se acaba de hacer."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Reiniciar el sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5370,7 +5369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nuevo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5384,13 +5383,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pasos de la instalación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5402,13 +5401,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ayudar al usuario en caso de que algo falle."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Guardado de los registros de instalación"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5420,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"log/installer/</filename> de su nuevo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5436,13 +5435,13 @@ msgstr ""
"otro sistema, o adjuntarlos en un informe de instalación."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Uso del intérprete de órdenes y consulta de registros"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5469,7 +5468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volver al propio instalador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5477,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
">."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5494,7 +5493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"userinput> para cerrar el intérprete."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5513,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"le pueden ser útiles como una función para completar órdenes y un histórico."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5525,7 +5524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"directorio <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5538,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que algo no funcione correctamente o tenga que depurar algún problema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5552,13 +5551,13 @@ msgstr ""
"intérprete para activar la partición de intercambio."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Instalación a través de la red"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5576,7 +5575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"parte con <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5599,7 +5598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"forma remota utilizando SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5609,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"title; una vez configurada la red."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5632,7 +5631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"huella de forma segura a la persona que continuará con la instalación remota."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5644,7 +5643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"componente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5676,7 +5675,7 @@ msgstr ""
"remoto y deberá confirmar que es la correcta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5702,7 +5701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"imposible dar continuidad a la instalación después de reconectarse."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5725,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"únicamente cuando sea necesario."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5751,7 +5750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote> and try again."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5773,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consolas remotas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5790,13 +5789,13 @@ msgstr ""
"con el sistema que ha instalado."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Carga de Firmware adicional"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5811,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pero con este se podría contar con características adicionales."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5830,7 +5829,7 @@ msgstr ""
"controlador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5848,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"desde tarjetas MMC o SD en arquitecturas i386 y amd64.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5860,7 +5859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalación."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5882,13 +5881,13 @@ msgstr ""
"recién iniciado, y busque <quote>firmware</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Preparación del medio"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5913,7 +5912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"primeros pasos de la instalación."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5929,7 +5928,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de ficheros o en el dispositivo de almacenamiento."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5945,7 +5944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"contener paquetes que no son de firmware:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5957,13 +5956,13 @@ msgstr ""
"proveedor de hardware."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware y el Sistema Instalado"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5982,7 +5981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a la diferencia de versiones."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5998,7 +5997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automáticamente si está disponible una nueva versión."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -6010,7 +6009,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el (paquete de) firmware sea instalado manualmente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/fi/installation-howto.po b/po/fi/installation-howto.po
index 280660efe..c70562b88 100644
--- a/po/fi/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/fi/installation-howto.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20060430 installation howto 36744\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-08 23:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Esko Arajärvi <edu@iki.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -473,6 +473,20 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
@@ -484,21 +498,6 @@ msgstr ""
"asennin kysyy aikavyöhykettä vain, jos maassa käytetään useampia vyöhykkeitä."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
index 18b0be808..33cdaa042 100644
--- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-14 08:20+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1456,123 +1456,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Valitaan aikavyöhyke ja asetetaan kellonaika"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennin yrittää ensin muodostaa yhteyden Internetin aikapalvelimiin "
-"(yhteyskäytäntönä <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) jotta järjestelmän kello "
-"saadaan asetettua oikeaan aikaan. Jos tämä ei onnistu, asennin olettaa "
-"käynnistyksen aikana laitekellosta saadun kellonajan ja päiväyksen olevan "
-"oikein. Ei ole mahdollista itse asettaa järjestelmän kellonaikaa asennuksen "
-"aikana."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "Asennin ei aseta järjestelmäkelloa aikaan S/390-laiteympäristössä."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennuksen alussa valitun sijainnin perusteella asennin päättää näytetäänkö "
-"aikavyöhykkeiden luettelo. Jos sijainnissa on käytössä vain yksi aikavyöhyke "
-"ja käytössä on vakioasennin, ei luetteloa näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan "
-"käyttöön enemmittä kyselyittä."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Expert-tilassa tai asennettaessa keskitason prioriteetilla on lisäksi "
-"mahdollista valita aikavyöhykkeeksi <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</"
-"quote> (UTC) eli koordinoitu yleisaika."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Jos jostain syystä halutaan asettaa asennetulle järjestelmälle aikavyöhyke "
-"joka <emphasis>ei</emphasis> vastaa valittua sijaintia, on kaksi "
-"mahdollisuutta. "
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Yksinkertaisin tapa on valita toinen aikavyöhyke asennuksen valmistuttua ja "
-"kun on käynnistetty uusi järjestelmä. Tämä tehdään komennolla:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Toinen tapa on asettaa aikavyöhyke aivan asennuksen alussa "
-"käynnistysvalitsimella <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>arvo</replaceable></"
-"userinput>. Arvon pitää tietenkin olla kelvollinen aikavyöhyke, esimerkiksi "
-"<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> tai <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Automaattiasennuksissa aikavyöhyke voidaan asettaa mihin tahansa arvoon myös "
-"valmiilla vastauksilla."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
@@ -1589,13 +1479,13 @@ msgstr ""
"käyttäjätunnuksia voidaan luoda kun asennus on valmis."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1608,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr ""
"järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1624,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"henkilötietoja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1636,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1647,13 +1537,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1667,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1687,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1700,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1710,13 +1600,123 @@ msgstr ""
"komentoa <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Valitaan aikavyöhyke ja asetetaan kellonaika"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennin yrittää ensin muodostaa yhteyden Internetin aikapalvelimiin "
+"(yhteyskäytäntönä <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) jotta järjestelmän kello "
+"saadaan asetettua oikeaan aikaan. Jos tämä ei onnistu, asennin olettaa "
+"käynnistyksen aikana laitekellosta saadun kellonajan ja päiväyksen olevan "
+"oikein. Ei ole mahdollista itse asettaa järjestelmän kellonaikaa asennuksen "
+"aikana."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "Asennin ei aseta järjestelmäkelloa aikaan S/390-laiteympäristössä."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennuksen alussa valitun sijainnin perusteella asennin päättää näytetäänkö "
+"aikavyöhykkeiden luettelo. Jos sijainnissa on käytössä vain yksi aikavyöhyke "
+"ja käytössä on vakioasennin, ei luetteloa näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan "
+"käyttöön enemmittä kyselyittä."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Expert-tilassa tai asennettaessa keskitason prioriteetilla on lisäksi "
+"mahdollista valita aikavyöhykkeeksi <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</"
+"quote> (UTC) eli koordinoitu yleisaika."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos jostain syystä halutaan asettaa asennetulle järjestelmälle aikavyöhyke "
+"joka <emphasis>ei</emphasis> vastaa valittua sijaintia, on kaksi "
+"mahdollisuutta. "
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Yksinkertaisin tapa on valita toinen aikavyöhyke asennuksen valmistuttua ja "
+"kun on käynnistetty uusi järjestelmä. Tämä tehdään komennolla:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Toinen tapa on asettaa aikavyöhyke aivan asennuksen alussa "
+"käynnistysvalitsimella <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>arvo</replaceable></"
+"userinput>. Arvon pitää tietenkin olla kelvollinen aikavyöhyke, esimerkiksi "
+"<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> tai <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Automaattiasennuksissa aikavyöhyke voidaan asettaa mihin tahansa arvoon myös "
+"valmiilla vastauksilla."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr ""
"levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai salatut laitteet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tietoon ei enää pääse käsiksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1780,13 +1780,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Tuotut osioinnin vaihtoehdot"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"osiotauluja, tiedostojärjestelmiä ja kehittyneitä lohkolaitteita."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tai matala; korkeammilla prioriteeteilla käytetään järkeviä vakioasetuksia."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1828,31 +1828,31 @@ msgstr ""
"useissa tapauksissa yhdessä. "
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelma (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Käyttöjärjestelmän tekemä RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Tuettu on RAID tasot 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 ja 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Salaus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (käytössä <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1874,13 +1874,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">Wikissämme</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (koekäytössä)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1892,13 +1892,13 @@ msgstr ""
"asenninta käynnistettäessä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Tuettuja ovat seuraavat tiedostojärjestelmät."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1926,39 +1926,39 @@ msgstr ""
"osiointia käytettäessä <filename>/boot</filename>-osioille valitaan ext2."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (ei ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (ei ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laitealustoille)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2022,13 +2022,13 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>. Vain tiedostojärjestelmän versio 3 on tuettu."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2038,13 +2038,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mahdollista luoda uusia jffs2-osioita."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2054,19 +2054,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ole mahdollista luoda uusia qnx4-osioita."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (vain luku)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2076,13 +2076,13 @@ msgstr ""
"liitoskohta. Ei ole mahdollista luoda uusia NTFS-osioita. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Ohjattu osiointi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2099,14 +2099,14 @@ msgstr ""
"crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"levylle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) "
@@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will "
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2219,73 +2219,73 @@ msgstr ""
"noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Vähimmäistila"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Tehdyt osiot"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 Mt"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 Mt"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM-osion sisälle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"niiden liitoskohdat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2407,13 +2407,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tehtäessä osiot itse."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Tee osiot itse"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asennettavassa &debian;-järjestelmässä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uusi rivi <quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a "
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aloitusruutuun."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Osion voi myös poistaa tästä valikosta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kuin nämä on tehty."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2582,13 +2582,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2751,97 +2751,97 @@ msgstr ""
"Yhteenvetona:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tyyppi"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Levyjä vähintään"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Varalevy"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "haluttaessa"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2850,19 +2850,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2871,13 +2871,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä kahdella)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Kaikkien osioiden määrä jaettuna kimpalekopioiden määrällä (oletusarvo kaksi)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/boot</filename> on RAID1."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2966,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr ""
"MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ainakin <emphasis>neljä</emphasis> levyosiota. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eri levylle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3057,13 +3057,13 @@ msgstr ""
"esimerkiksi liitoskohdat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"symbolisilla linkeillä jne."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3179,43 +3179,43 @@ msgstr ""
"n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Luo looginen nide"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Poista looginen nide"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pääruutuun"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3235,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"loogisia levyniteitä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3247,13 +3247,13 @@ msgstr ""
"olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"osiolta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asetuksia osiolle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3362,13 +3362,13 @@ msgstr ""
"valittu tietoturvasyistä."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3392,13 +3392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3411,13 +3411,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hahmoista."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3451,25 +3451,25 @@ msgstr ""
"salausmenetelmiä."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Tunnuslause"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3483,13 +3483,13 @@ msgstr ""
"kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Satunnainen avain"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ihmisen ikä.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3526,13 +3526,13 @@ msgstr ""
"on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3553,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tunnuslausetta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"salattaville osioille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3703,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3711,13 +3711,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3731,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kulua toinenkin tovi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3747,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Käytettäessä pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mielestä tavallisissa tapauksissa asentaa sovelluksen kanssa. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3803,13 +3803,13 @@ msgstr ""
"asentamisen jälkeen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3824,13 +3824,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tietokone tai verkkoyhteys on hidas."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -3876,7 +3876,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kuten pakettien etsimisen ja tilanäytöt näppärään käyttöliittymään."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3890,7 +3890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"on valmis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asennetaan vakaata jakelua."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3923,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr ""
"jakelun <quote>contrib</quote> ja <quote>non-free</quote> -osista. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Asennus monelta CD- tai DVD-levyltä"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3943,7 +3943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"olevia paketteja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valittaviin tehtäviin kuuluvia paketteja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"käyttävät kokoelman viimeisillä levyillä olevia paketteja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tai ehkä kaksi ensimmäistä DVD:tä, riittää useimmille. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4005,13 +4005,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mutta numerojärjestystä käyttämällä ei niin helposti sählää."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Asentaminen verkossa olevalta asennuspalvelimelta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4023,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mutta on muutamia poikkeuksia. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4041,7 +4041,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<literal>työpöytä</literal>-tehtävää. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valikoiden. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4076,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kerrottiin. Verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen käyttö ei ole pakollista."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4092,7 +4092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vakautta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4107,26 +4107,26 @@ msgstr ""
"Asennuspalvelinta käytettäessä noudettavan datan määrä riippuu siis"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "asennuksen seuraavassa vaiheessa valittavista tehtävistä"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "noiden tehtävien tarvitsemista paketeista"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "mitkä noista paketeista ovat luetuilla CD- tai DVD-levyillä ja"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4138,7 +4138,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tietoturvapäivitysten tai stable-updates päivitysten palvelimelta)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4152,14 +4152,14 @@ msgstr ""
"updates-palvelimella ja nämä päivitykset on otettu käyttöön."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Asentaminen verkossa olevalta asennuspalvelimelta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4170,7 +4170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4198,7 +4198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4210,13 +4210,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4233,7 +4233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4249,22 +4249,21 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Tehtävät ovat löyhästi yhteenkuuluvia "
-"pakettikokoelmia muutamaan tietokoneella työhön tai tehtävään, kuten "
-"<quote>Työpöytäympäristö</quote>, <quote>WWW-palvelin</quote>, tai "
-"<quote>Tulostuspalvelin</quote><footnote> <para> On hyvä tietää asentimen "
-"tekevän tehtävien luettelon käynnistämällä komennon <command>tasksel</"
-"command>. Se voidaan käynnistää milloin vain asennuksen jälkeen asentamaan "
-"(tai poistamaan) paketteja, tai voidaan käyttää yksittäisten pakettien "
-"asentamiseen komentoa <command>aptitude</command>. Asennuksen jälkeen "
-"saadaan nimetty paketti asennettua komennolla <userinput>aptitude install "
-"<replaceable>paketinnimi</replaceable></userinput>, missä "
-"<replaceable>paketinnimi</replaceable> on asennettavan paketin nimi. </para> "
-"</footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> luettelee asennettavien "
-"tehtävien tilatarpeet."
+"Tehtävät ovat löyhästi yhteenkuuluvia pakettikokoelmia muutamaan "
+"tietokoneella työhön tai tehtävään, kuten <quote>Työpöytäympäristö</quote>, "
+"<quote>WWW-palvelin</quote>, tai <quote>Tulostuspalvelin</quote><footnote> "
+"<para> On hyvä tietää asentimen tekevän tehtävien luettelon käynnistämällä "
+"komennon <command>tasksel</command>. Se voidaan käynnistää milloin vain "
+"asennuksen jälkeen asentamaan (tai poistamaan) paketteja, tai voidaan "
+"käyttää yksittäisten pakettien asentamiseen komentoa <command>aptitude</"
+"command>. Asennuksen jälkeen saadaan nimetty paketti asennettua komennolla "
+"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paketinnimi</replaceable></"
+"userinput>, missä <replaceable>paketinnimi</replaceable> on asennettavan "
+"paketin nimi. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"luettelee asennettavien tehtävien tilatarpeet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4276,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4286,7 +4285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"välilyöntinäppäimellä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4299,7 +4298,7 @@ msgstr ""
"paitsi jos käytetään KDE:tä tai Xfce/LXDE:tä varten tehtyjä erikoislevyjä."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4310,7 +4309,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4336,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"otosta tai mitä tahansa muuta asennustapaa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4345,7 +4344,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4361,7 +4360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jos tiedät mitä teet ja haluat todella suppean järjestelmän."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4380,7 +4379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sitä vastaavat maa-asetustopaketit (jos niitä on saatavilla)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4394,7 +4393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asennuksen aikana"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4412,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"on alkanut."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4429,13 +4428,13 @@ msgstr ""
"testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4449,13 +4448,13 @@ msgstr ""
"verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4470,7 +4469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen &debian;in lisäksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4486,13 +4485,13 @@ msgstr ""
"alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4508,19 +4507,19 @@ msgstr ""
"mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4532,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aloittelijoille että vanhoille parroille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4544,7 +4543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4555,13 +4554,13 @@ msgstr ""
"päävalikkoon, ja valitse siellä haluttu käynnistyslatain."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4578,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4591,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4601,13 +4600,13 @@ msgstr ""
"asennusapaikaksi:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4615,13 +4614,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "uusi &debian;in osio"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4633,13 +4632,13 @@ msgstr ""
"toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Muu valinta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4657,7 +4656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4673,13 +4672,13 @@ msgstr ""
"käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa &debian;in käynnistämiseen!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4707,7 +4706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"käynnistämään Linux-ytimen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4724,13 +4723,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tiedostojärjestelmä."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format "
@@ -4756,13 +4755,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tiedostojärjestelmän."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4802,13 +4801,13 @@ msgstr ""
"niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4823,13 +4822,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tiedostoihin."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4843,13 +4842,13 @@ msgstr ""
"valinta."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4864,13 +4863,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4882,13 +4881,13 @@ msgstr ""
"elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4902,13 +4901,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4928,13 +4927,13 @@ msgstr ""
"käynnistämään &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4949,7 +4948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Computingin klooneille."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -4965,13 +4964,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4987,13 +4986,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5024,13 +5023,13 @@ msgstr ""
"SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5043,7 +5042,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5055,7 +5054,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5065,13 +5064,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5084,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(esim. käytetään jo asennettua käynnistyslatainta)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5105,13 +5104,13 @@ msgstr ""
"osio."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Päätetään asennus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5122,13 +5121,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tehtävät. Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Tehdään kellon asetukset"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5141,7 +5140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5160,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5172,13 +5171,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tehdyn valinnan mukaiseti."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Järjestelmän uudelleenkäynnistys"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5189,7 +5188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jälkeen laite käynnistetään uudelleen uuteen &debian;-järjestelmään."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5203,13 +5202,13 @@ msgstr ""
"juuritiedostojärjestelmäksi asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5220,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5238,7 +5237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installer/</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5254,13 +5253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5286,14 +5285,14 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Graafista asenninta käytettäessä katso myös <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5309,7 +5308,7 @@ msgstr ""
"komentotulkin."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5327,7 +5326,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5339,7 +5338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5351,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5365,13 +5364,13 @@ msgstr ""
"komentotulkissa."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Etäasennus"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5388,7 +5387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5410,7 +5409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5420,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tultua tehdyksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5442,7 +5441,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tietoturvallisesti etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5454,7 +5453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"toinen asentimen osa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5486,7 +5485,7 @@ msgstr ""
"on vahvistettava se oikeaksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5510,7 +5509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"voiko asennusta jatkaa kun yhteys on muodostettu uudelleen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5532,7 +5531,7 @@ msgstr ""
"muuten toipunut). Sitä oli siis käytettävä vain tarvittaessa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5556,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ja yrittää uudelleen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5576,7 +5575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"useampia."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5592,13 +5591,13 @@ msgstr ""
"järjestelmä toimii huonosti."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Puuttuvan laitetiedoston lataaminen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5613,7 +5612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lisäominaisuuksien saamiseen käyttöön."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5631,7 +5630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lib/firmware</filename>) ja laiteajuria vastaava moduuli ladataan uudelleen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5649,7 +5648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laiteohjelmisto voidaan ladata myös MMC- tai SD-kortilta</phrase>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5660,7 +5659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laite toimii ilmankin tai jos laitetta ei tarvita asennuksen aikana."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5674,13 +5673,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Taltion valmistelu"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition "
@@ -5710,7 +5709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tuettu asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are "
@@ -5731,7 +5730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vastaava tar-tiedosto ja pura se taltion tiedostojärjestelmään."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5748,7 +5747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laiteohjelmistopaketteja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5760,13 +5759,13 @@ msgstr ""
"laitevalmistajalta."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Laiteohjelmisto ja asennettu järjestelmä"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5784,7 +5783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laiteohjelmistoa voida ladata versioerojen vuoksi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5800,7 +5799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaattisesti jos uusi versio julkaistaan."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5812,7 +5811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laiteohjelmistopaketti) on asennettu käyttäjän toimesta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/fr/installation-howto.po b/po/fr/installation-howto.po
index 49cb31a02..c14a41b11 100644
--- a/po/fr/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/fr/installation-howto.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-25 18:25+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Baptiste Jammet <baptiste@mailoo.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -463,6 +463,37 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis les comptes des utilisateurs sont créés. Par défaut vous devez fournir "
+"un mot de passe pour le compte du superutilisateur (<quote>root</quote>) et "
+"vous devez créer un compte d'utilisateur ordinaire. Si vous ne donnez pas de "
+"mot de passe pour le superutilisateur, ce compte sera désactivé. Cependant, "
+"pour que les tâches administratives soient possibles sur le nouveau système, "
+"le paquet <command>sudo</command> sera installé, et le premier utilisateur "
+"créé sera autorisé à utiliser la commande <command>sudo</command>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -476,28 +507,6 @@ msgstr ""
"choisir un que s'il existe plusieurs fuseaux pour ce pays."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puis les comptes des utilisateurs sont créés. Par défaut vous devez fournir "
-"un mot de passe pour le compte du superutilisateur (<quote>root</quote>) et "
-"vous devez créer un compte d'utilisateur ordinaire. Si vous ne donnez pas de "
-"mot de passe pour le superutilisateur, ce compte sera désactivé. Cependant, "
-"pour que les tâches administratives soient possibles sur le nouveau système, "
-"le paquet <command>sudo</command> sera installé, et le premier utilisateur "
-"créé sera autorisé à utiliser la commande <command>sudo</command>."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/fr/using-d-i.po b/po/fr/using-d-i.po
index d45189f1c..02cac3501 100644
--- a/po/fr/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/fr/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-24 21:01+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Baptiste Jammet <baptiste@mailoo.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1471,124 +1471,13 @@ msgstr ""
"DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configuration de l'horloge et du fuseau horaire"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installateur essaiera d'abord de se connecter à un serveur de temps sur "
-"internet, en utilisant le protocole <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>. S'il ne "
-"réussit pas à configurer correctement le temps du système, il supposera que "
-"l'heure et la date données par l'horloge de la machine au moment de "
-"l'amorçage sont justes. Il n'existe pas d'autres manières de configurer le "
-"temps système pendant le processus d'installation."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installateur ne modifie pas l'horloge système sur les plates-formes S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Selon le pays que vous avez sélectionné au début du processus "
-"d'installation, une liste de fuseaux horaires possibles sera affichée. Quand "
-"vous faites une installation standard, si un seul fuseau horaire correspond "
-"à votre pays, le système ne demandera rien et choisira ce fuseau horaire."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand vous faites une installation en mode expert ou avec une priorité "
-"<emphasis>medium</emphasis>, vous pouvez choisir le fuseau horaire "
-"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote>, UTC."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez installer un fuseau horaire qui ne correspond pas au pays "
-"choisi, vous avez deux possibilités."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez simplement sélectionner un autre fuseau horaire après "
-"l'installation, quand le nouveau système a été amorcé. Utilisez la commande :"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez aussi définir le fuseau horaire au tout début de l'installation, "
-"en passant le paramètre <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>valeur</"
-"replaceable></userinput> au moment d'amorcer l'installateur. Cette valeur "
-"doit être valable, par exemple <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> ou "
-"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour les installations automatisées, le fuseau horaire peut être "
-"préconfiguré avec la valeur de son choix."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Création des utilisateurs et des mots de passe"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1601,13 +1490,13 @@ msgstr ""
"système terminée."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Mot de passe pour <quote>Root</quote>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1622,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr ""
"le moins longtemps possible."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1639,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personnelles qui pourraient être devinées."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1652,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plusieurs administrateurs."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1668,13 +1557,13 @@ msgstr ""
"autorisé à utiliser la commande <command>sudo</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Création d'un utilisateur ordinaire"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1688,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"superutilisateur pour un usage quotidien ou comme votre compte personnel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1709,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"envisagez la lecture d'un tel livre si tout cela est nouveau pour vous."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1723,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"passe pour ce compte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1733,13 +1622,124 @@ msgstr ""
"commande <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Configuration de l'horloge et du fuseau horaire"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installateur essaiera d'abord de se connecter à un serveur de temps sur "
+"internet, en utilisant le protocole <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>. S'il ne "
+"réussit pas à configurer correctement le temps du système, il supposera que "
+"l'heure et la date données par l'horloge de la machine au moment de "
+"l'amorçage sont justes. Il n'existe pas d'autres manières de configurer le "
+"temps système pendant le processus d'installation."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installateur ne modifie pas l'horloge système sur les plates-formes S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon le pays que vous avez sélectionné au début du processus "
+"d'installation, une liste de fuseaux horaires possibles sera affichée. Quand "
+"vous faites une installation standard, si un seul fuseau horaire correspond "
+"à votre pays, le système ne demandera rien et choisira ce fuseau horaire."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Quand vous faites une installation en mode expert ou avec une priorité "
+"<emphasis>medium</emphasis>, vous pouvez choisir le fuseau horaire "
+"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote>, UTC."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous désirez installer un fuseau horaire qui ne correspond pas au pays "
+"choisi, vous avez deux possibilités."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez simplement sélectionner un autre fuseau horaire après "
+"l'installation, quand le nouveau système a été amorcé. Utilisez la commande :"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez aussi définir le fuseau horaire au tout début de l'installation, "
+"en passant le paramètre <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>valeur</"
+"replaceable></userinput> au moment d'amorcer l'installateur. Cette valeur "
+"doit être valable, par exemple <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> ou "
+"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les installations automatisées, le fuseau horaire peut être "
+"préconfiguré avec la valeur de son choix."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partitionnement et points de montage"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menées à bien."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr ""
"supplémentaires, voyez l'<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de ce disque."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1806,13 +1806,13 @@ msgstr ""
"menu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Options de partitionnement"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"complexes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valeurs par défaut pertinentes sont utilisées."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1856,31 +1856,31 @@ msgstr ""
"plusieurs types de périphérique de stockage, lesquels peuvent être combinés."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Gestion des volumes logiques (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID logiciel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Niveaux RAID reconnus : 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Chiffrement"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID Serial ATA</emphasis> (avec <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1902,13 +1902,13 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">notre Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (expérimental)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1920,13 +1920,13 @@ msgstr ""
"activé au moment de l'amorçage de l'installateur."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Les systèmes de fichiers suivants sont reconnus :"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1952,37 +1952,37 @@ msgstr ""
"assisté est utilisé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (pas disponible sur toutes les architectures)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Le système de fichiers par défaut est UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (pas disponible sur toutes les architectures)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"points délicats sont à noter :"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pool avec la commande <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"empêche GRUB d'amorcer le système."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GRUB d'amorcer le système."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"architectures)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2065,13 +2065,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>partman-reiserfs</classname>. Seule la version 3 est disponible."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2081,13 +2081,13 @@ msgstr ""
"possible de créer de nouvelles partitions jffs2."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2098,19 +2098,19 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions qnx4."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2121,13 +2121,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nouvelles partitions NTFS."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Le partitionnement assisté"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"toutes les architectures."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr ""
"spéciale qui sécurisera vos données."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr ""
"prend du temps."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ne soient écrites sur le disque."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous aider à les identifier."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Avec les méthodes LVM, cela n'est pas possible. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2258,73 +2258,73 @@ msgstr ""
"échouera."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Schéma de partitionnement"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Espace minimum"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Partitions créées"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Tous les fichiers dans une seule partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 Mo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partition /home distincte"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 Mo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Partitions /home, /var et /tmp séparées"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1 Go</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permet de formater soi-même une partition comme partition ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formatage des partitions et leur point de montage."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'être avec le partitionnement manuel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2443,13 +2443,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>manuel</quote> ci-dessous."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Le partitionnement <quote>manuel</quote>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LIBRE</quote> devrait apparaître sous le disque sélectionné."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permet aussi de supprimer une partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"problème."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"une."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2602,13 +2602,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fichiers."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configuration d'un périphérique multidisque (RAID logiciel)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firstterm>, ou <firstterm>RAID logiciel</firstterm>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formater avec <command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2758,55 +2758,55 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour résumer&nbsp;:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Nombre minimum de disques"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Disque de rechange"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Supporte l'échec d'un disque ?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Espace disponible"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>non</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2814,43 +2814,43 @@ msgstr ""
"périphériques dans l'ensemble"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "facultatif"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>oui</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Taille de la plus petite partition dans l'ensemble"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2860,19 +2860,19 @@ msgstr ""
"périphériques dans l'ensemble moins un)."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2882,13 +2882,13 @@ msgstr ""
"périphériques dans l'ensemble moins deux)."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Total des partitions divisé par le nombre de copies (deux, par défaut)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software-raid-howto;\">HOWTO sur le RAID logiciel</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID1. La suite dépend du type que vous avez choisi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr ""
"composeront le périphérique."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laissera pas continuer et vous demandera de rectifier."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions actives."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions actives."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que les copies puissent être réparties sur ces disques."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Go pour <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3073,13 +3073,13 @@ msgstr ""
"périphériques."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Configuration du <quote>Logical Volume Manager</quote> (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de fichiers, création de liens symboliques, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que les volumes logiques s'étendent sur plusieurs disques physiques."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">HOWTO LVM</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3154,7 +3154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour LVM</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disques du système avant de commencer une nouvelle configuration de LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibles sont&nbsp;:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3205,43 +3205,43 @@ msgstr ""
"la structure des volumes LVM, le nom et la taille des volumes, etc."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Créer un groupe de volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Créer un volume logique"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Supprimer un groupe de volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Supprimer un volume logique"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Étendre un volume logique"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Réduire un volume logique"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour créer ensuite les volumes logiques."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3273,13 +3273,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions, et vous devez les traiter ainsi."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configuration des volumes chiffrés"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3301,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"données ne sont qu'une suite inintelligible de caractères."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partir d'une partition chiffrée."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la longueur de la clé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"différentes options de chiffrement pour la partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3375,7 +3375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"capables de prendre en charge les volumes physiques avec LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3389,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr ""
"été choisies en visant la sécurité d'utilisation."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Chiffrement&nbsp;: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3421,13 +3421,13 @@ msgstr ""
"des données sensibles au 21e siècle."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Taille de clé&nbsp;: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3441,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tailles de clé dépendent de l'algorithme de chiffrement."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algorithme IV&nbsp;: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"données chiffrées."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3479,13 +3479,13 @@ msgstr ""
"systèmes déjà installés qui ne reconnaissent pas les nouveaux algorithmes."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Clé de chiffrement&nbsp;: <userinput>phrase secrète</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
@@ -3493,13 +3493,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partition."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "phrase secrète"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pourrez saisir plus tard dans le processus."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Clé aléatoire"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"une vie entière n'y suffirait pas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3557,13 +3557,13 @@ msgstr ""
"écrites sur la partition d'échange."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Effacer les données&nbsp;: <userinput>oui</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3585,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"après plusieurs écritures d'un support magnéto-optique. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3604,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"prendre du temps."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3621,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des amis, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr ""
"secrète pour le système de fichiers racine."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"L'opération est répétée pour chaque partition à chiffrer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3693,7 +3693,7 @@ msgstr ""
"défaut ne vous conviennent pas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3721,13 +3721,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "L'installation du système de base"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3742,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connexion réseau, cela peut prendre du temps."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quand l'installation se fait avec une console série."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dans une liste."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3803,7 +3803,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans l'esprit des responsables de paquets, ils doivent être installés."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3817,13 +3817,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation du système de base."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Installation de logiciels supplémentaires"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3837,13 +3837,13 @@ msgstr ""
"de base sur des ordinateurs lents."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "La configuration d'apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ msgstr ""
"supplémentaires comme la recherche de paquets ou la vérification des statuts."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et le modifier à votre guise quand l'installation est terminée."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour le service de mise à jour <quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3924,13 +3924,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> ou <quote>non-free</quote> de la distribution."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Installation avec plusieurs CD/DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mis à disposition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dans la prochaine étape de l'installation ne puissent pas être installés."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Très peu de personnes utilisent les derniers CD/DVD d'un ensemble."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ msgstr ""
"premiers) satisfera tous les besoins usuels."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4006,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'erreur."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Utiliser un miroir réseau"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4024,7 +4024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"défaut est correcte. Cependant, il existe des exceptions."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"literal> dans la prochaine étape de l’installation"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"système, vous pourrez ajouter d'autres paquets."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4075,7 +4075,7 @@ msgstr ""
"premier disque. L'utilisation d'un miroir réseau est facultative."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr ""
"allongée sans compromettre la sécurité et la stabilité du système installé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4105,26 +4105,26 @@ msgstr ""
"de données téléchargées à partir d'un miroir dépend :"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "des tâches choisies lors de la prochaine étape de l'installation ;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "des paquets nécessaires à ces tâches ;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "de la présence de ces paquets sur les CD/DVD analysés ;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>security</quote> ou <quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4150,13 +4150,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>security</quote> ou <quote>stable-updates</quote> ont été installés."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Choisir un miroir réseau"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"être sélectionné sans problème."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4189,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"crochets, <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plus rapide."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4234,13 +4234,13 @@ msgstr ""
"utilisez IPv6, il vous redirigera vers un miroir IPv6 proche de vous."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Sélection et installation des paquets"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4257,7 +4257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de logiciels prédéfinies."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4273,23 +4273,22 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Ces tâches représentent grosso "
-"modo les différents travaux qu'on peut faire avec son ordinateur, par "
-"exemple de la <quote>bureautique</quote>, du <quote>service web</quote> ou "
-"encore du <quote>service d'impression</quote> <footnote> <para> Il faut "
-"savoir que pour présenter cette liste, l'installateur appelle simplement le "
-"programme <command>tasksel</command>. Ce programme peut être utilisé à tout "
-"moment une fois l'installation terminée pour installer ou supprimer des "
-"paquets. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser un outil plus sophistiqué comme "
-"<command>aptitude</command>. Une fois que l'installation est terminée, si "
-"vous voulez un paquet particulier, exécutez simplement <userinput>aptitude "
-"install <replaceable>paquet</replaceable></userinput>, où "
-"<replaceable>paquet</replaceable> est le nom du paquet voulu. </para> </"
-"footnote>. L'espace nécessaire pour chaque tâche est indiqué dans la <xref "
-"linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>."
+"Ces tâches représentent grosso modo les différents travaux qu'on peut faire "
+"avec son ordinateur, par exemple de la <quote>bureautique</quote>, du "
+"<quote>service web</quote> ou encore du <quote>service d'impression</quote> "
+"<footnote> <para> Il faut savoir que pour présenter cette liste, "
+"l'installateur appelle simplement le programme <command>tasksel</command>. "
+"Ce programme peut être utilisé à tout moment une fois l'installation "
+"terminée pour installer ou supprimer des paquets. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser "
+"un outil plus sophistiqué comme <command>aptitude</command>. Une fois que "
+"l'installation est terminée, si vous voulez un paquet particulier, exécutez "
+"simplement <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paquet</replaceable></"
+"userinput>, où <replaceable>paquet</replaceable> est le nom du paquet voulu. "
+"</para> </footnote>. L'espace nécessaire pour chaque tâche est indiqué dans "
+"la <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4302,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pouvez même n'installer aucune tâche."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4312,7 +4311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'espace pour sélectionner une tâche."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4322,7 +4321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'environnement de bureau."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4338,7 +4337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de bureau, mais certaines combinaisons ne sont pas possibles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4356,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'installation, tous les environnements de bureau s'installent parfaitement."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4369,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4384,7 +4383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laisser cette tâche à moins de ne vouloir réellement qu'un système minimal."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4404,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nécessaires à la localisation du système."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4417,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un programme a besoin d'informations, l'utilisateur est interrogé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4436,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation des paquets une fois qu'elle a commencé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4454,13 +4453,13 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>, cela peut arriver si vous utilisez une image plus ancienne."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Rendre le système amorçable"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4475,13 +4474,13 @@ msgstr ""
">.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Détecter les autres systèmes d'exploitation"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4497,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4514,13 +4513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'amorçage pour plus d'information."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Installer <command>palo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4537,20 +4536,20 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Installer le programme d'amorçage <command>Grub</command> sur un disque dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4562,7 +4561,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour les débutants aussi bien que pour les utilisateurs expérimentés."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4574,7 +4573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installer ailleurs. Voyez le manuel pour des informations complètes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4585,14 +4584,14 @@ msgstr ""
"aller sur le menu principal et choisissez un autre programme d'amorçage."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Installer le programme d'amorçage <command>LILO</command> sur un disque dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4609,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4624,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4634,13 +4633,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>&nbsp;:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Le secteur principal d'amorçage (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4650,13 +4649,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'amorçage."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "une nouvelle partition &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4668,13 +4667,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partition et servira de second programme d'amorçage."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Autre choix"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4686,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des noms traditionnels comme <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4702,7 +4701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"moyen&nbsp;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
@@ -4710,7 +4709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4739,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'amorçage EFI</quote> dans le but de charger et lancer le noyau Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4757,13 +4756,13 @@ msgstr ""
"système de fichiers racine."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Choisissez la bonne partition&nbsp;!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4782,13 +4781,13 @@ msgstr ""
"données&nbsp;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Le contenu de la partition EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4819,13 +4818,13 @@ msgstr ""
"temps, le système est mis à jour ou reconfiguré."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4837,13 +4836,13 @@ msgstr ""
"désigner les fichiers dans la partition EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4856,13 +4855,13 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> du menu <quote>gestionnaire EFI</quote> y fait appel."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4877,13 +4876,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4896,13 +4895,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> sera relancé."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4916,13 +4915,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, pointé par le lien symbolique <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer <command>Yaboot</command> sur un disque dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4942,13 +4941,13 @@ msgstr ""
"amorçable et OpenFirmware pourra démarrer &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installer <command>Quik</command> sur un disque dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4963,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"certains clones."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4973,13 +4972,13 @@ msgstr ""
"contrôle total sur le processus d'amorçage."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Installateur <command>zipl</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4996,14 +4995,14 @@ msgstr ""
"le site web developerWorks d'IBM."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Installer le programme d'amorçage <command>SILO</command> sur un disque dur"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5035,13 +5034,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installer GNU/Linux à côté de SunOS/Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Rendre un système amorçable avec flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5062,7 +5061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"les opérations nécessaires."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5081,7 +5080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"généralement le contenu de la mémoire flash !"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5096,13 +5095,13 @@ msgstr ""
"qui autorise l'amorçage automatique sans interaction avec l'utilisateur."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Continuer sans programme d'amorçage"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5115,7 +5114,7 @@ msgstr ""
"autre programme."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5137,13 +5136,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partition distincte, vous devez connaître son système de fichiers."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "La fin de l'installation"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5155,13 +5154,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nettoyage après le travail de l'installateur."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Configuration de l'horloge du système"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5175,7 +5174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installés."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5194,7 +5193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"heure locale plutôt que GMT.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5205,13 +5204,13 @@ msgstr ""
"courante en UTC ou temps local selon le choix qui a été fait précédemment."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Réamorcer le système"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5223,7 +5222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"système &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5237,13 +5236,13 @@ msgstr ""
"les premières étapes de l'installation."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Dépannage"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5254,13 +5253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"attendent en silence que l'utilisateur ait besoin d'aide."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Sauvegarde des journaux de l'installation"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5272,7 +5271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</filename> sur votre nouveau système &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5289,13 +5288,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sur l'installation."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Utilisation de l'interpréteur et consultation des journaux"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5322,13 +5321,13 @@ msgstr ""
"keycombo> pour revenir à l'installateur."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "Pour l'installateur graphique, voyez la <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5345,7 +5344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installateur, utilisez la commande <userinput>exit</userinput>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5364,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comme la complétion automatique et le rappel des commandes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5376,7 +5375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5388,7 +5387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"problème."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5402,13 +5401,13 @@ msgstr ""
"activée par l'installateur."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installation par le réseau"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5426,7 +5425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"automatic-install\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5450,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> apparaît."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5460,7 +5459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration du réseau."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5483,7 +5482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personne qui continuera l'installation à distance."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5495,7 +5494,7 @@ msgstr ""
"principal où vous pourrez choisir un autre composant."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5527,7 +5526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"affichée et vous devrez confirmer qu'elle est correcte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5553,7 +5552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reprendre l'installation après la reconnexion."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5576,7 +5575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aurait maintenu la connexion. N'utilisez cette option qu'en cas de nécessité."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5601,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"replaceable>&gt;</command>. </para> </footnote> et recommencer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5622,7 +5621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lancer plusieurs interpréteurs."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5638,14 +5637,14 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation ou des problèmes dans le système installé."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
"Télécharger des microprogrammes (<emphasis>firmware</emphasis>) manquants"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5660,7 +5659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"microprogramme et seules les fonctionnalités avancées exigent sa présence."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5679,7 +5678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pilote sera rechargé."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5698,7 +5697,7 @@ msgstr ""
"microprogrammes peuvent être chargés sur des cartes SD ou MMC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5710,7 +5709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"périphérique n'est pas nécessaire pendant l'installation."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5733,13 +5732,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>dmesg</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Préparer le support"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5764,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"certainement reconnu dans les premières étapes du processus d'installation."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5780,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version des fichiers et de les placer sur le système de fichiers du support."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5797,7 +5796,7 @@ msgstr ""
"microprogrammes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5809,13 +5808,13 @@ msgstr ""
"système déjà installé ou donnés par un vendeur de matériel."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Microprogrammes et système installé"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5834,7 +5833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de la différence des versions."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5851,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version apparaîtra."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5864,7 +5863,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>manuellement</emphasis>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/hu/installation-howto.po b/po/hu/installation-howto.po
index 8c37ae9a3..e2b696c92 100644
--- a/po/hu/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/hu/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Debian Installer Manual Installation HOWTO\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-15 22:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Judit Gyimesi <judit.gyimesi.x@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -458,21 +458,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"A következő lépés az aktuális idő és időzóna beállítása. A telepítő "
-"megpróbál elérni egy időkiszolgálót az interneten, hogy biztosítsa a pontos "
-"idő beállítását. Az időzóna a korábban beállított országodhoz igazodik, a "
-"telepítő csak akkor kér meg, hogy válassz időzónát, ha az országodban több "
-"zóna is található."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -483,15 +468,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"Az idő és időzóna beállítások után felhasználói fiók létrehozása következik. "
"Meg kell adnod egy jelszót a <quote>root</quote> (adminisztrátor) fiókhoz, "
@@ -501,6 +485,21 @@ msgstr ""
"lehetőség lesz adminisztratív feladatok végrehajtására az új rendszeren."
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"A következő lépés az aktuális idő és időzóna beállítása. A telepítő "
+"megpróbál elérni egy időkiszolgálót az interneten, hogy biztosítsa a pontos "
+"idő beállítását. Az időzóna a korábban beállított országodhoz igazodik, a "
+"telepítő csak akkor kér meg, hogy válassz időzónát, ha az országodban több "
+"zóna is található."
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
index 26d6793be..68ed1bd1f 100644
--- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-01 18:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Judit Gyimesi <judit.gyimesi.x@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
@@ -1439,124 +1439,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tal)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Óra és Időzóna beállítása"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"A telepítő először megpróbál csatlakozni egy idő kiszolgálóhoz az Interneten "
-"(<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protokoll használatával), hogy pontosan "
-"beállítsa a rendszeridőt. Ha ez nem sikerül, akkor a telepítő feltételezi, "
-"hogy az az idő és dátum, amit a rendszerórától kapott a telepítő rendszer "
-"indításakor, pontos. A rendszeridő kézi beállítása nem lehetséges a "
-"telepítés alatt."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "A telepítő nem módosítja a rendszerórát S/390-en."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő "
-"időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak egy időzóna tartozik, "
-"és alap telepítést végzel, a rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát "
-"feltételezi."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Szakértő módban, vagy ha közepes elsőbbséggel telepítesz, lehetőséged lesz "
-"továbbá <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) beállítására "
-"időzónának."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Ha valamilyen okból olyan időzónát szeretnél beállítani a telepített "
-"rendszeren, ami <emphasis>nem</emphasis> egyezik a kiválasztott hellyel, két "
-"lehetőség van."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"A legegyszerűbb, hogy a telepítés végezte és újraindítás után beállítod az "
-"eltérő időzónát. A parancs a következő:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternatívaként a telepítés legelején is beállítható az időzóna, mégpedig a "
-"<userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>érték</replaceable></userinput> "
-"megadásával a telepítőrendszer indításakor. Az érték természetesen legyen "
-"valós időzóna, például <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> vagy "
-"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Automatikus telepítésnél az időzóna bármilyen kívánt értékre állítható "
-"preseeding (elő-konfigurációs fájl) segítségével"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1568,13 +1457,13 @@ msgstr ""
"befejezése után hozhatók létre. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1588,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1604,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"használatát."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1616,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kivéve, ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1627,13 +1516,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1647,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bejelentkezésre."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1667,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr ""
"elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1681,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fiókhoz tartozó jelszót."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1691,13 +1580,124 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>adduser</command> parancsot."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Óra és Időzóna beállítása"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő először megpróbál csatlakozni egy idő kiszolgálóhoz az Interneten "
+"(<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protokoll használatával), hogy pontosan "
+"beállítsa a rendszeridőt. Ha ez nem sikerül, akkor a telepítő feltételezi, "
+"hogy az az idő és dátum, amit a rendszerórától kapott a telepítő rendszer "
+"indításakor, pontos. A rendszeridő kézi beállítása nem lehetséges a "
+"telepítés alatt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "A telepítő nem módosítja a rendszerórát S/390-en."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő "
+"időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak egy időzóna tartozik, "
+"és alap telepítést végzel, a rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát "
+"feltételezi."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Szakértő módban, vagy ha közepes elsőbbséggel telepítesz, lehetőséged lesz "
+"továbbá <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) beállítására "
+"időzónának."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha valamilyen okból olyan időzónát szeretnél beállítani a telepített "
+"rendszeren, ami <emphasis>nem</emphasis> egyezik a kiválasztott hellyel, két "
+"lehetőség van."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"A legegyszerűbb, hogy a telepítés végezte és újraindítás után beállítod az "
+"eltérő időzónát. A parancs a következő:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternatívaként a telepítés legelején is beállítható az időzóna, mégpedig a "
+"<userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>érték</replaceable></userinput> "
+"megadásával a telepítőrendszer indításakor. Az érték természetesen legyen "
+"valós időzóna, például <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> vagy "
+"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatikus telepítésnél az időzóna bármilyen kívánt értékre állítható "
+"preseeding (elő-konfigurációs fájl) segítségével"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"például RAID, LVM, vagy titkosított eszközök beállítása."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vagy kíváncsi, lásd a <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</screen></informalexample> Ez a lemez korábbi adatait elérhetetlenné teszi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1760,13 +1760,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Támogatott particionálási lehetőségek"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fájlrendszerekkel és haladó blokk eszközökkel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"elsőbbségnél értelmes alapértékek kerülnek beállításra."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1808,31 +1808,31 @@ msgstr ""
"támogat, amiket gyakran együtt is lehet használni."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Logikai Kötet Kezelő (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Szoftveres RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Támogatott RAID szintek: 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 és 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Titkosítás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr ""
"használatával)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1855,13 +1855,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sataraid;\">Wiki oldalunkon</ulink> található."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Többutas (Multipath)</emphasis> (kísérleti)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1873,13 +1873,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ha a telepítő indításakor engedélyezve lett."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "A következő fájlrendszerek támogatottak."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1910,37 +1910,37 @@ msgstr ""
"particionálásnál ext2 lesz alapból kiválasztva."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (nem minden architektúrán érhető el)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Az alapértelmezett fájlrendszer az UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (nem minden architektúrán érhető el)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"engedélyezhetők, de van pár kikötés:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"create</quote> paranccsal."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tudná indítani a rendszeredet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"rendszeredet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2022,13 +2022,13 @@ msgstr ""
"a hármas verziója támogatott."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2038,13 +2038,13 @@ msgstr ""
"jffs2 partíciókat létrehozni."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2054,19 +2054,19 @@ msgstr ""
"hozzájuk rendelni. Nem lehetséges új qnx4 partíciókat létrehozni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (csak olvasható)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2076,13 +2076,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hozzájuk. Nem lehetséges új NTFS partíciókat létrehozni."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Irányított Particionálás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2099,14 +2099,14 @@ msgstr ""
"beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"biztonságát nyújtja."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amit megszoktál. A mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr ""
"használatakor ez nem lehetséges. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2204,73 +2204,73 @@ msgstr ""
"választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás sikertelen lesz."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Particionáló séma"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Minimum hely"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Minden fájl egy partíción"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Önálló /home partíció"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Önálló /home, /var és /tmp partíció"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partícióval együtt, az LVM partíción belül jön létre."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menüelem is látszik a formázó menüben EFI indító partíció kézi beállítására."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr ""
"táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lehetséges változatot mutat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2389,13 +2389,13 @@ msgstr ""
"alább írt kézi particionálás szerint."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Kézi Particionálás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tárgyaljuk e szakasz további részeiben."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jelenik meg a választott lemezen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a <command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr ""
"is egy-egy partíció."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására, és nem enged tovább amíg ezt meg nem teszed."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"meg nem teszed."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2544,13 +2544,13 @@ msgstr ""
"kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"legnépszerűbb változata után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"csatolható, és így tovább)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2687,98 +2687,98 @@ msgstr ""
"</varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Típus"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Tartalék eszköz"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Elérhető hely"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nincs</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
"A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "választható"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2788,19 +2788,19 @@ msgstr ""
"száma mínusz egy)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2810,13 +2810,13 @@ msgstr ""
"száma mínusz kettő)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(alapból kettő)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr ""
"howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> számára egy lehetőség."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"következők a választott MD típustól függenek."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"figyelmeztet hiba esetén, és nem enged továbblépni, amíg ki nem javítod."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"másolat külön lemezre kerülhessen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partíció)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2994,13 +2994,13 @@ msgstr ""
"például csatolási pontok társítására."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Logikai Kötet Kezelő (LVM) beállítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"létrehozásával és így tovább kellett kezelni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"közt is átnyúlhatnak."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> leírást."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3073,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3115,43 +3115,43 @@ msgstr ""
"eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"képernyőhöz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kötetek létrehozására."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3183,13 +3183,13 @@ msgstr ""
"is kezelhetők)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr ""
"adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"betöltése."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hosszán múlik."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3300,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr ""
"lettek kiválasztva."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3331,13 +3331,13 @@ msgstr ""
"érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3350,13 +3350,13 @@ msgstr ""
"teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV algoritmus: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"adatok általi törés megakadályozása."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3387,25 +3387,25 @@ msgstr ""
"újabb algoritmusokat."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Jelmondat</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Itt állítható be a titkosító kulcs e partícióhoz."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Jelmondat"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3419,13 +3419,13 @@ msgstr ""
"alapján, mely e folyamat folyatásában adható meg."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Véletlen kulcs"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmus ismeretlen gyengesége nélkül ez nem lehetséges a mi életünkben.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3461,13 +3461,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partícióra a felfüggesztéskor írt adatok visszaállítása."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Adatok törlése: <userinput>igen</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"felülírás után. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr ""
"egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3520,7 +3520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"rokonok nevei és így tovább)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3543,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gyökér fájlrendszer számára."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3641,13 +3641,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3676,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3688,7 +3688,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3701,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3718,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eredeti szoftverrel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3731,13 +3731,13 @@ msgstr ""
"csak a telepítés e pontja után lép életbe."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3752,13 +3752,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hálózat esetén."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Az apt beállítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -3804,7 +3804,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keresése és állapotok ellenőrzése) szép felhasználói felületen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"szerkeszthetők."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3835,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>stabil frissítések (stable-upgrades)</quote> szerviznek."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3851,13 +3851,13 @@ msgstr ""
"szekcióiból is."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Telepítés több CD-ről vagy DVD-ről"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"található csomagokat is használhassa a telepítő."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr ""
"feladatokhoz nem minden csomag lesz telepíthető."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3898,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valójában nagyon kevés ember használja az utolsó CD-ken található csomagokat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3915,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr ""
"legtöbb szükséget kielégíti. "
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3932,13 +3932,13 @@ msgstr ""
"az csökkenti a hibázás esélyét."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Hálózati tükör használata"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3950,7 +3950,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alapértelmezett válasz megfelelő, de van néhány kivétel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3967,7 +3967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a telepítés következő lépésénél."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3987,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"elindítottad az új rendszert)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4001,7 +4001,7 @@ msgstr ""
"választható."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4016,7 +4016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hogy a telepített rendszer biztonságát vagy stabilitását veszélyeztetnék."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4031,26 +4031,26 @@ msgstr ""
"hálózati tükör választása esetén a következőktől függ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "a telepítés következő lépéseiben választott feladatok,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "melyik csomagok szükségesek azokhoz a feladatokhoz,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "a csomagok közül melyek találhatók meg a beolvasott CD/DVD-ken, és"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(akár hagyományos csomag tükör, akár biztonsági vagy stabil frissítés tükör)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4075,13 +4075,13 @@ msgstr ""
"szervizek be lettek állítva."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Hálózati tükör választása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"felajánlott alap tükröt választani általában jó döntés."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"leggyorsabb lesz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4157,13 +4157,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ha IPv6-tal, akkor IPv6-os tükörhöz fog irányítani."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4180,7 +4180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4196,21 +4196,20 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"E feladatok különböző munkákat vagy "
-"dolgokat képviselnek, melyekre e gépet használni akarod, például "
-"<quote>Asztali munka-környezet</quote>, <quote>Web kiszolgáló</quote> vagy "
-"<quote>Nyomtató kiszolgáló</quote><footnote> <para> A telepítő a "
-"<command>tasksel</command> programot hívja meg. Ez a telepítés után később "
-"is futtatható csomagok telepítésére (vagy törlésére), vagy használható "
-"sokkal finomabb eszköz, például <command>aptitude</command>. A telepítés "
-"után egy adott, egyéni csomaghoz egyszerűen futtasd az <userinput>aptitude "
-"install <replaceable>csomag</replaceable></userinput> parancsot, ahol a "
-"<replaceable>csomag</replaceable> a kívánt csomag neve. </para> </footnote>. "
-"A <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> leírja az elérhető feladatok hely-"
-"igényét."
+"E feladatok különböző munkákat vagy dolgokat képviselnek, melyekre e gépet "
+"használni akarod, például <quote>Asztali munka-környezet</quote>, <quote>Web "
+"kiszolgáló</quote> vagy <quote>Nyomtató kiszolgáló</quote><footnote> <para> "
+"A telepítő a <command>tasksel</command> programot hívja meg. Ez a telepítés "
+"után később is futtatható csomagok telepítésére (vagy törlésére), vagy "
+"használható sokkal finomabb eszköz, például <command>aptitude</command>. A "
+"telepítés után egy adott, egyéni csomaghoz egyszerűen futtasd az "
+"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>csomag</replaceable></userinput> "
+"parancsot, ahol a <replaceable>csomag</replaceable> a kívánt csomag neve. </"
+"para> </footnote>. A <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> leírja az "
+"elérhető feladatok hely-igényét."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4223,7 +4222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4233,7 +4232,7 @@ msgstr ""
"feladat kijelölésének váltásához."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4246,7 +4245,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> feladat telepíti a GNOME desktop-ot."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4257,7 +4256,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4283,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"módszert használsz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4292,7 +4291,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4308,7 +4307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"minimális rendszert szeretnél."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4328,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lokalizációs csomagokat is telepíti (ha van ilyen)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4342,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"folyamat alatt meg fogja kérdezni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4358,7 +4357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"megkezdett telepítésének leállítására."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4375,13 +4374,13 @@ msgstr ""
"használatakor történik."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4395,13 +4394,13 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4416,7 +4415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; mellett."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4432,13 +4431,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dokumentációját."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4454,19 +4453,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4478,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"egyaránt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4490,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"is telepíthető. Lásd a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4501,13 +4500,13 @@ msgstr ""
"menühöz, és válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4523,7 +4522,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4537,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4547,13 +4546,13 @@ msgstr ""
"telepítésére:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Fő Indító Rekord (Master Boot Record, MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4563,13 +4562,13 @@ msgstr ""
"irányítását."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "új &debian; partíció"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4581,13 +4580,13 @@ msgstr ""
"szolgál."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Más választás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4605,7 +4604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4621,13 +4620,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4654,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indítására."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4670,13 +4669,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4694,13 +4693,13 @@ msgstr ""
"letörölve a korábbi tartalmat!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4728,13 +4727,13 @@ msgstr ""
"más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4746,13 +4745,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fájlnevekkel."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4765,13 +4764,13 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4785,13 +4784,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4803,13 +4802,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4823,13 +4822,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4848,13 +4847,13 @@ msgstr ""
"OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian-gnu; indítására."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4867,7 +4866,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -4883,13 +4882,13 @@ msgstr ""
"is telepíthető. Lásd a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4905,13 +4904,13 @@ msgstr ""
"több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4940,13 +4939,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4959,7 +4958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4971,7 +4970,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4981,13 +4980,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4999,7 +4998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(például egy már telepített boot betöltőt használsz)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5020,13 +5019,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "A telepítés befejezése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5037,13 +5036,13 @@ msgstr ""
"feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "A rendszeróra beállítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5056,7 +5055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5075,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"válassz helyi időt az UTC helyett.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5087,13 +5086,13 @@ msgstr ""
"választottál ki."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "A rendszer újraindítása"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5105,7 +5104,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; rendszerre."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5119,13 +5118,13 @@ msgstr ""
"eszközről."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Hibaelhárítás"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5136,13 +5135,13 @@ msgstr ""
"folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5154,7 +5153,7 @@ msgstr ""
"log/installer/</filename> könyvtárba."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5170,13 +5169,13 @@ msgstr ""
"jelentésbe."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5201,13 +5200,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "A grafikus telepítőhöz lásd: <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5223,7 +5222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<userinput>exit</userinput> parancsot a héj lezárásához."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5240,7 +5239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5252,7 +5251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> könyvtárban találhatók."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5264,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr ""
"szolgál."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5277,13 +5276,13 @@ msgstr ""
"a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5300,7 +5299,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/> részben írtak szerint.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5321,7 +5320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5331,7 +5330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"után."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5352,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>telepítést távolról folytató személy</quote> számára."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5364,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kiválasztható."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5396,7 +5395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gép ujjlenyomata."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5422,7 +5421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"újrakapcsolódás után, vagy nem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5445,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"használd, ha szükséges."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5469,7 +5468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"replaceable>&gt;</command>. </para> </footnote> és próbáld újra."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5488,7 +5487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5503,13 +5502,13 @@ msgstr ""
"telepített rendszeren."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Hiányzó firmware betöltése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5524,7 +5523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"további funkciók is működjenek."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5542,7 +5541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"modult újra betölti."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5559,7 +5558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-on MMC és SD kártyáról is betölthető firmware.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5571,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alatt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5593,13 +5592,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>firmware</quote> szóra."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Adathordozó előkészítése"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5623,7 +5622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"legbiztosabb, hogy a telepítés korai szakaszában is támogatott."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5639,7 +5638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"adathordozó fájlrendszerére."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5655,7 +5654,7 @@ msgstr ""
"is:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5666,13 +5665,13 @@ msgstr ""
"firmware szerezhető egy már telepített rendszerről, vagy hardverkereskedőtől."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware és a telepített rendszer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5690,7 +5689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nem tölthető be a verzió különbség miatt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5706,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lesz elérhető."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5718,7 +5717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmware csomagot kézzel nem telepíted."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/it/installation-howto.po b/po/it/installation-howto.po
index acd41b851..01763d938 100644
--- a/po/it/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/it/installation-howto.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-15 10:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci <luca.mo@tiscali.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -470,6 +470,39 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"La configurazione dell'orologio e del fuso orario segue la creazione è "
+"seguita dalla configurazione degli account per gli utenti; di solito è "
+"necessario inserire la password dell'account <quote>root</quote> (l'utente "
+"d'amministrazione) e le informazioni per creare l'account di un utente "
+"normale. Se la password per <quote>root</quote> non viene specificata, tale "
+"account viene disabilitato e in seguito verrà installato pacchetto "
+"<command>sudo</command> che permetterà di effettuare operazioni "
+"amministrative sul nuovo sistema. Al primo utente creato sul sistema sarà "
+"consentito l'uso del comando <command>sudo</command> per impersonare root."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -484,30 +517,6 @@ msgstr ""
"di sceglierne uno solo se nella nazione ci sono più fusi orari."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"La configurazione dell'orologio e del fuso orario segue la creazione è "
-"seguita dalla configurazione degli account per gli utenti; di solito è "
-"necessario inserire la password dell'account <quote>root</quote> (l'utente "
-"d'amministrazione) e le informazioni per creare l'account di un utente "
-"normale. Se la password per <quote>root</quote> non viene specificata, tale "
-"account viene disabilitato e in seguito verrà installato pacchetto "
-"<command>sudo</command> che permetterà di effettuare operazioni "
-"amministrative sul nuovo sistema. Al primo utente creato sul sistema sarà "
-"consentito l'uso del comando <command>sudo</command> per impersonare root."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/it/using-d-i.po b/po/it/using-d-i.po
index 14fda62f3..fb6b4e5a7 100644
--- a/po/it/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/it/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-15 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci <luca.mo@tiscali.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1484,123 +1484,13 @@ msgstr ""
"addizionali via DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configurazione dell'orologio e del fuso orario"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Come prima cosa l'installatore cerca di connettersi a un time server su "
-"Internet (tramite il protocollo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) per impostare "
-"correttamente l'ora sul sistema. Se non riesce, l'installatore assume come "
-"valide la data e l'ora ottenute dall'orologio di sistema. Non è possibile "
-"impostare manualmente l'ora del sistema durante il processo d'installazione."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installatore non modifica l'orologio di sistema sulla piattaforma S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"In base alla nazione scelta all'inizio dell'installazione potrebbe essere "
-"mostrato l'elenco dei soli fusi orari pertinenti a quella nazione; se nella "
-"nazione è presente un solo fuso orario ed è in corso un'installazione "
-"predefinita, non verrà chiesto nulla e il sistema userà quel fuso orario."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Nella modalità esperto o quando l'installazione avviene a priorità media, è "
-"possibile scegliere come fuso orario <quote>Tempo coordinato universale</"
-"quote> (UTC)."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Se per qualsiasi motivo si vuole impostare un fuso orario che <emphasis>non</"
-"emphasis> è legato alla nazione scelta, si hanno due possibilità."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Il modo più semplice è scegliere un fuso orario diverso una volta finita "
-"l'installazione e avviato il nuovo sistema. Il comando da usare è:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"In alternativa il fuso orario può essere impostato all'inizio "
-"dell'installazione passando il parametro <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>valore</replaceable></userinput> all'avvio del sistema "
-"d'installazione. Ovviamente il valore deve essere un fuso orario valido, per "
-"esempio <userinput>Europe/Rome</userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Nel caso di installazioni automatiche è possibile impostare qualsiasi valore "
-"per il fuso orario tramite la preconfigurazione."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Impostazione di utenti e password"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1613,13 +1503,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Impostazione della password di root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1633,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amministrazione del sistema, e per il minor tempo possibile."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1650,7 +1540,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indovinate."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1662,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si stia amministrando una macchina con più di un amministratore di sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1678,13 +1568,13 @@ msgstr ""
"comando <command>sudo</command> per impersonare root."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Creazione di un utente normale"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1697,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>non</emphasis> si deve assolutamente usare l'account di root."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1717,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dettaglio, vale la pena leggerne uno se non si conosce la questione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1730,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di simile. Infine viene chiesta una password per l'account."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1740,13 +1630,123 @@ msgstr ""
"utente, usare il comando <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Configurazione dell'orologio e del fuso orario"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Come prima cosa l'installatore cerca di connettersi a un time server su "
+"Internet (tramite il protocollo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) per impostare "
+"correttamente l'ora sul sistema. Se non riesce, l'installatore assume come "
+"valide la data e l'ora ottenute dall'orologio di sistema. Non è possibile "
+"impostare manualmente l'ora del sistema durante il processo d'installazione."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installatore non modifica l'orologio di sistema sulla piattaforma S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"In base alla nazione scelta all'inizio dell'installazione potrebbe essere "
+"mostrato l'elenco dei soli fusi orari pertinenti a quella nazione; se nella "
+"nazione è presente un solo fuso orario ed è in corso un'installazione "
+"predefinita, non verrà chiesto nulla e il sistema userà quel fuso orario."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Nella modalità esperto o quando l'installazione avviene a priorità media, è "
+"possibile scegliere come fuso orario <quote>Tempo coordinato universale</"
+"quote> (UTC)."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Se per qualsiasi motivo si vuole impostare un fuso orario che <emphasis>non</"
+"emphasis> è legato alla nazione scelta, si hanno due possibilità."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Il modo più semplice è scegliere un fuso orario diverso una volta finita "
+"l'installazione e avviato il nuovo sistema. Il comando da usare è:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"In alternativa il fuso orario può essere impostato all'inizio "
+"dell'installazione passando il parametro <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>valore</replaceable></userinput> all'avvio del sistema "
+"d'installazione. Ovviamente il valore deve essere un fuso orario valido, per "
+"esempio <userinput>Europe/Rome</userinput> o <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Nel caso di installazioni automatiche è possibile impostare qualsiasi valore "
+"per il fuso orario tramite la preconfigurazione."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partizionamento e selezione del punto di mount"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come i dispositivi RAID, LVM o cifrati."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particolari, si veda <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dati sul disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1814,13 +1814,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dal menu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Opzioni di partizionamento supportate"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di partizione, file system e device a blocchi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"priorità più alte saranno usati i valori predefiniti."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1864,31 +1864,31 @@ msgstr ""
"combinazione."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "LVM (Logical Volume Management)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID Software"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "È supportato il RAID di livello 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 e 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Cifratura"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID Serial ATA</emphasis> (con <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1910,13 +1910,13 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibili sul <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">nostro Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (sperimentale)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1928,13 +1928,13 @@ msgstr ""
"solo se attivato all'avvio dell'Installatore."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Sono supportati i seguenti file system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1960,37 +1960,37 @@ msgstr ""
"partizionamento guidato."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (non disponibile su tutte le architetture)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Il file system predefinito è UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (non disponibile su tutte le architetture)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avvertimenti:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr ""
"potrebbe non essere capace di avviare il sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"architetture)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2073,13 +2073,13 @@ msgstr ""
"È supportata solo la versione 3 del file system."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2089,13 +2089,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nuove partizioni jffs2."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2105,19 +2105,19 @@ msgstr ""
"punto di mount. Non è possibile creare nuove partizioni qnx4."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (solo-lettura)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2128,13 +2128,13 @@ msgstr ""
"NTFS."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Partizionamento guidato"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"su tutte le architetture."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"livello di sicurezza maggiore per i propri dati personali."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conferma di qualsiasi modifica prima di eseguire la scrittura sul disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la dimensione del disco può essere utile per identificare i diversi dischi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr ""
"metodi LVM (cifrato o no) questo non è possibile. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2265,73 +2265,73 @@ msgstr ""
"dallo schema scelto), il partizionamento guidato non funziona."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Schema di partizionamento"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Spazio minimo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni create"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Tutti i file in una partizione"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partizione /home separata"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni /home, /var e /tmp separate"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr ""
"della partizione LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr ""
"impostare manualmente una partizione come una ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partizioni e dove saranno montate."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che possono essere realizzate solo con il partizionamento manuale."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2455,13 +2455,13 @@ msgstr ""
"seguito) per il partizionamento manuale."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Partizionamento manuale"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nel seguito di questa sezione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> (spazio libero)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"swap. Questo menu consente anche di cancellare una partizione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'avanzamento dell'installazione fino a quando non ne viene allocata una."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2617,13 +2617,13 @@ msgstr ""
"file system."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configurazione di device multidisco (RAID software)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"variante più famosa, il <firstterm>RAID software</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mount point, ecc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2770,55 +2770,55 @@ msgstr ""
"listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Riassumendo:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Numero minimo di device"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Device di scorta"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Resiste a rotture del disco?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Spazio disponibile"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2826,43 +2826,43 @@ msgstr ""
"device in RAID."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "Opzionale"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>sì</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "La dimensione della partizione più piccola in RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2872,19 +2872,19 @@ msgstr ""
"device in RAID meno 1."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2894,13 +2894,13 @@ msgstr ""
"device in RAID meno 2."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"numero predefinito è 2)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2921,7 +2921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</filename> e RAID1 per <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dal quale scegliere. Quello che segue dipende dal tipo di device MD scelto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comporre il device MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3011,7 +3011,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quando non si corregge questo errore."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attive."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un'eccezione: sono necessarie almeno <emphasis>quattro</emphasis> partizioni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attivi in modo che tutte le copie siano scritte su dischi diversi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3085,13 +3085,13 @@ msgstr ""
"assegnare i normali attributi, per esempio il mount point."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Configurazione del Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si gestisce spostando i dati, facendo dei link simbolici, ecc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sottostanti) possono estendersi su più dischi fisici."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3148,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr ""
"howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> si consiglia di farlo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3165,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione LVM!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3206,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"contesto quindi mostra solo le azioni valide. Le azioni possibili sono:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3216,43 +3216,43 @@ msgstr ""
"struttura, nomi e dimensioni del volume logico e altre informazioni"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Creare i gruppi di volumi"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Creare un volume logico"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Cancellare i gruppi di volumi"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Cancellare il volume logico"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Estendere il gruppo di volumi"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Ridurre il gruppo di volumi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3262,7 +3262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volumi logici al suo interno."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3284,13 +3284,13 @@ msgstr ""
"essere trattati come tali)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configurazione di volumi cifrati"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di caratteri."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3340,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"c'è modo di caricare il kernel da una partizione cifrata."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr ""
"velocità della CPU, dal cifrario scelto e dalla lunghezza della chiave."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3376,7 +3376,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partizione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3387,7 +3387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3401,13 +3401,13 @@ msgstr ""
"attentamente scelti in funzione della sicurezza del sistema finale."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Cifratura: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3433,13 +3433,13 @@ msgstr ""
"la protezione delle informazioni sensibili nel 21-esimo secolo."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Dimensione della chiave: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3453,13 +3453,13 @@ msgstr ""
"prestazioni. Le lunghezze disponibili per la chiave dipendono dal cifrario."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algoritmo di IV: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cercando sequenze che si ripetono nei dati cifrati."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3492,26 +3492,26 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmi più recenti."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Chiave di cifratura: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
"Adesso si deve scegliere il tipo di chiave di cifratura per la partizione."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Passphrase"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3526,13 +3526,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'installazione."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Chiave casuale"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"durata della nostra esistenza)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3571,13 +3571,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nella partizione di swap."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Cancellare i dati: <userinput>sì</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3619,7 +3619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dimensioni questa operazione potrebbe richiedere un po' di tempo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di familiari o parenti, ecc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inserito la passphrase per il file system di root."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"essere ripetuta per ogni partizione da cifrare."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3709,7 +3709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"predefinito non è adatto ai propri scopi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3737,13 +3737,13 @@ msgstr ""
"con l'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Installazione del sistema base"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3757,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connessione di rete lenta, ciò potrebbe richiedere un certo tempo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3774,7 +3774,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seriale questo è l'unico posto in cui è possibile vederli."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"più bassa è possibile scegliere uno dei kernel fra quelli disponibili."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3819,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si dovrebbero installare al programma."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3833,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del processo d'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Installazione di altri programmi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3855,13 +3855,13 @@ msgstr ""
"di base."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Configurazione di APT"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"e verifica dello stato) in un'interfaccia utente gradevole."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3910,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3929,7 +3929,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3944,13 +3944,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dalle sezioni <quote>contrib</quote> e <quote>non-free</quote> dell'archivio."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Installazione da più di un CD o DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all'installatore di usare anche i pacchetti su questi supporti."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fanno parte dei task selezionabili nel prossimo passo dell'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"CD del set."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4010,7 +4010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necessità."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4028,13 +4028,13 @@ msgstr ""
"possibilità di fare degli errori."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Uso di un mirror di rete"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eccezioni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4065,7 +4065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"prossima fase dell'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4085,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seguito (cioè dopo aver riavviato il nuovo sistema)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4100,7 +4100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mirror è opzionale."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4116,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema installato."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4132,26 +4132,26 @@ msgstr ""
"seleziona un mirror dipende da"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "quali task saranno scelti nel prossimo passo dell'installazione,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "quali pacchetti fanno parte di quei task,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "quali di questi pacchetti sono presenti sui CD o DVD analizzati e"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4163,7 +4163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dei pacchetti aggiornate rispetto a quelle sui CD o DVD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4177,13 +4177,13 @@ msgstr ""
"e se questi servizi sono stati configurati."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Scelta di un mirror"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installazione. La voce preselezionata è solitamente corretta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4216,7 +4216,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4244,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"probabilmente non sarà quello più veloce."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4263,13 +4263,13 @@ msgstr ""
"IPv6 più vicino."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Selezione e installazione dei pacchetti"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4287,7 +4287,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diverse attività."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lo spazio necessario per ogni task disponibile."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anche non installare alcun task."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4343,7 +4343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la barra spaziatrice per selezionare e deselezionare un task."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4352,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Il task <quote>Ambiente Desktop</quote> installa un ambiente desktop grafico."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4368,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"potrebbero non essere co-installabili."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4388,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tra quelli disponibili dovrebbe avvenire correttamente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4400,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>cups</classname>; Server SSH: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4416,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sta facendo e si voglia un sistema realmente minimale."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4437,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alla localizzazione dell'ambiente desktop (se disponibili)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4451,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dall'utente, queste informazioni sono richieste durante l'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4470,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avviata."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4488,13 +4488,13 @@ msgstr ""
"la distribuzione testing, questo accade se si usa un'immagine datata."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Rendere avviabile il sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4509,13 +4509,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Rilevamento di altri sistemi operativi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4531,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avviare anche l'altro sistema operativo oltre a &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4548,13 +4548,13 @@ msgstr ""
"informazioni."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4570,19 +4570,19 @@ msgstr ""
"boot, questo perché <command>PALO</command> può leggere le partizioni Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione del boot loader <command>Grub</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4594,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utenti che per quelli più esperti."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4607,7 +4607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informazioni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4619,13 +4619,13 @@ msgstr ""
"usare."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione del boot loader <command>LILO</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4642,7 +4642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Hurd dopo l'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4667,13 +4667,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4683,13 +4683,13 @@ msgstr ""
"d'avvio."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "nuova partizione &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4701,13 +4701,13 @@ msgstr ""
"per &debian; e funziona da boot loader secondario."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Altra scelta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4720,7 +4720,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4736,13 +4736,13 @@ msgstr ""
"usare un metodo alternativo per avviare &debian;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione del boot loader <command>ELILO</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4770,7 +4770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> per effettuare le operazioni di caricamento e avvio del kernel Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4789,13 +4789,13 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Scelta della partizione corretta!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4813,13 +4813,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partizione durante l'installazione cancellando tutto il precedente contenuto!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Contenuto della partizione EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4848,13 +4848,13 @@ msgstr ""
"il sistema è aggiornato o riconfigurato."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4866,13 +4866,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sostituiti in modo da referenziare i file nella partizione EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4885,13 +4885,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux</guimenuitem> del menu comandi di <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4905,13 +4905,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cui punta il link simbolico <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4923,13 +4923,13 @@ msgstr ""
"persa alla prossima esecuzione di <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4943,13 +4943,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione di <command>Yaboot</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4970,13 +4970,13 @@ msgstr ""
"OpenFirmware è configurato per far partire &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione di <command>Quik</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4991,7 +4991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"clone."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -5001,13 +5001,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'intero processo d'avvio."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5024,13 +5024,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installazione del boot loader <command>SILO</command> sul disco fisso"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5061,13 +5061,13 @@ msgstr ""
"SunOS/Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Impostazione dell'avvio del sistema con flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5087,7 +5087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivo è supportato e, se lo è, esegue le operazioni necessarie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5105,7 +5105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sovrascrive il contenuto della memoria flash!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5120,13 +5120,13 @@ msgstr ""
"senza interazione dell'utente."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Continua senza un boot loader"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5139,7 +5139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare (per esempio si vuole usare il boot loader già esistente)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5162,13 +5162,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Completamento dell'installazione"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5180,13 +5180,13 @@ msgstr ""
"principalmente nel mettere in ordine dopo il &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Impostazione dell'orologio di sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5200,7 +5200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UTC analizzando quali altri sistemi operativi sono installati."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5219,7 +5219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"scegliere l'ora locale invece di UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5230,13 +5230,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del sistema. In base alla scelta appena fatta l'ora può essere UTC o locale."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Riavvio del sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5248,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nuovo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5262,13 +5262,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5280,13 +5280,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'utente nel caso che qualcosa vada storto."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Salvataggio dei log d'installazione"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</filename> sul nuovo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5314,13 +5314,13 @@ msgstr ""
"altro sistema oppure allegarli a un resoconto d'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Uso della shell e consultazione dei log"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5346,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5354,7 +5354,7 @@ msgstr ""
"using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5371,7 +5371,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comando <userinput>exit</userinput>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5389,7 +5389,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto comode come il completamento automatico e lo storico dei comandi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5402,7 +5402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5414,7 +5414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibile limitato solo nel caso qualcosa non funzioni e per il debug."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5428,13 +5428,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non la shell, per attivare la partizione di swap."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installazione dalla rete"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5452,7 +5452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"questa parte seguendo <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5476,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"normalmente richiamato in seguito alla configurazione della rete."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5508,7 +5508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"persona che continuerà l'installazione da remoto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5520,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibile selezionare un altro componente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5552,7 +5552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chiesto di confermare la sua correttezza."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5579,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione al momento dell'interruzione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5602,7 +5602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"recuperare) quindi deve essere usata solo quando necessario."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5627,7 +5627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote> e poi provare nuovamente la connessione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5647,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comunque è possibile avviare altre sessioni per la shell."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5664,13 +5664,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Caricare i firmware mancanti"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5685,7 +5685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionalità aggiuntive."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5704,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"driver verrà ricaricato."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5723,7 +5723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"MMC o SD.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5735,7 +5735,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5758,13 +5758,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>dmesg</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Preparazione del supporto"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5789,7 +5789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"supportato sino dalle prime fasi dell'installazione."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5805,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"scompattarlo nel filesystem del supporto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5821,7 +5821,7 @@ msgstr ""
"potrebbe anche contenere dei pacchetti senza firmware."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5833,13 +5833,13 @@ msgstr ""
"già installati oppure dal produttore dell'hardware."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware sul sistema installato"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5858,7 +5858,7 @@ msgstr ""
"differenza fra le versioni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5874,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verrà aggiornato automaticamente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5886,7 +5886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"il firmware (o il pacchetto) non verrà installato manualmente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/ja/installation-howto.po b/po/ja/installation-howto.po
index 0917e363f..d8a1fddfe 100644
--- a/po/ja/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/ja/installation-howto.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-11 08:59+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu (nabetaro) <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -458,6 +458,37 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"時計とタイムゾーンの設定に続き、ユーザアカウントの作成を行います。デフォルト"
+"では、<quote>root</quote> (管理者) アカウントのパスワードと、通常ユーザアカウ"
+"ントの作成に必要な情報を尋ねます。<quote>root</quote> ユーザのパスワードを指"
+"定しない場合、このアカウントは無効になります。新しいシステムで管理権限が必要"
+"なタスクを行うために、後で <command>sudo</command> パッケージをインストールす"
+"ることになります。デフォルトではそのシステムで最初に作成されたユーザに、root "
+"になるための <command>sudo</command> コマンドを使う権限が与えられます。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -471,28 +502,6 @@ msgstr ""
"のみ問い合わせてきます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"時計とタイムゾーンの設定に続き、ユーザアカウントの作成を行います。デフォルト"
-"では、<quote>root</quote> (管理者) アカウントのパスワードと、通常ユーザアカウ"
-"ントの作成に必要な情報を尋ねます。<quote>root</quote> ユーザのパスワードを指"
-"定しない場合、このアカウントは無効になります。新しいシステムで管理権限が必要"
-"なタスクを行うために、後で <command>sudo</command> パッケージをインストールす"
-"ることになります。デフォルトではそのシステムで最初に作成されたユーザに、root "
-"になるための <command>sudo</command> コマンドを使う権限が与えられます。"
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/ja/using-d-i.po b/po/ja/using-d-i.po
index 412774609..8b7351e1f 100644
--- a/po/ja/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ja/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 04:03+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu (nabetaro) <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1415,122 +1415,13 @@ msgstr ""
"で、追加パラメータを DHCPv6 で行う) 自動設定をサポートします。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "時計とタイムゾーンの設定"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"インストーラはまず、正しいシステム時計を設定するため、インターネットのタイム"
-"サーバに (<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> プロトコルを利用して) 接続しようとしま"
-"す。これが成功しない場合、インストールシステムが起動したときのシステム時計を"
-"正しいと見なします。インストールプロセス中に、手動でシステム時計を設定するこ"
-"とはできません。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"インストーラは、S/390 プラットフォームのシステムクロックを修正しません。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"インストール処理のはじめの方で選択した所在地をもとに、その場所に関連するタイ"
-"ムゾーンの一覧を表示します。あなたの所在地にタイムゾーンがひとつしかなく、デ"
-"フォルトインストールを行っている場合、システムは一覧を表示せず、そのタイム"
-"ゾーンであると仮定します。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"エキスパートモードや優先度中でインストールしている場合、タイムゾーンに<quote>"
-"協定世界時</quote> (UTC) を使用する、という選択肢が追加されます。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"何らかの理由で、インストールしたシステムのタイムゾーンを、選択した場所とは"
-"<emphasis>異なる</emphasis>ものにしたい場合は、2 つの選択肢があります。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"シンプルな方法は、インストールが完了し、新しいシステムが起動した後で、異なる"
-"タイムゾーンを選択することです。以下のようなコマンドになります。"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"その他には、インストールシステムの起動時に、パラメータ <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> を渡すと、インストールの最"
-"初からタイムゾーンを設定できます。もちろん値は妥当なタイムゾーン (例えば "
-"<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> や <userinput>UTC</userinput>) であるべ"
-"きです。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"自動インストール用に、preseed を用いて、タイムゾーンをお好みの値に設定できま"
-"す。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "ユーザとパスワードのセットアップ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1542,13 +1433,13 @@ msgstr ""
"トール完了後に作成してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "root パスワードの設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1562,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"使用するのみにすべきです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1577,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1589,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ワードを教える必要は、通常決してありません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1600,13 +1491,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "一般ユーザの作成"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1620,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ありません</emphasis>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1639,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"今までご存じなければ、ご一読ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1652,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"フォルトになります。最後にこのアカウントのパスワードを求められます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1662,13 +1553,122 @@ msgstr ""
"command> コマンドを使用してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "時計とタイムゾーンの設定"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"インストーラはまず、正しいシステム時計を設定するため、インターネットのタイム"
+"サーバに (<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> プロトコルを利用して) 接続しようとしま"
+"す。これが成功しない場合、インストールシステムが起動したときのシステム時計を"
+"正しいと見なします。インストールプロセス中に、手動でシステム時計を設定するこ"
+"とはできません。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"インストーラは、S/390 プラットフォームのシステムクロックを修正しません。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール処理のはじめの方で選択した所在地をもとに、その場所に関連するタイ"
+"ムゾーンの一覧を表示します。あなたの所在地にタイムゾーンがひとつしかなく、デ"
+"フォルトインストールを行っている場合、システムは一覧を表示せず、そのタイム"
+"ゾーンであると仮定します。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"エキスパートモードや優先度中でインストールしている場合、タイムゾーンに<quote>"
+"協定世界時</quote> (UTC) を使用する、という選択肢が追加されます。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"何らかの理由で、インストールしたシステムのタイムゾーンを、選択した場所とは"
+"<emphasis>異なる</emphasis>ものにしたい場合は、2 つの選択肢があります。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"シンプルな方法は、インストールが完了し、新しいシステムが起動した後で、異なる"
+"タイムゾーンを選択することです。以下のようなコマンドになります。"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"その他には、インストールシステムの起動時に、パラメータ <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> を渡すと、インストールの最"
+"初からタイムゾーンを設定できます。もちろん値は妥当なタイムゾーン (例えば "
+"<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> や <userinput>UTC</userinput>) であるべ"
+"きです。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"自動インストール用に、preseed を用いて、タイムゾーンをお好みの値に設定できま"
+"す。"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "パーティションの分割とマウントポイントの選択"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"partitioning\"/> をご覧ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"できなくなることに注意してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1732,13 +1732,13 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> を選んでください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "サポートするパーティション分割オプション"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"て、たくさんの異なるパーティション構成を作成できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"きます。もっと高い優先度の場合は、実用的な値がデフォルトで使用されます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1780,31 +1780,31 @@ msgstr ""
"とんどの場合組み合わせて)、サポートします。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージメント"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "ソフトウェア RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "サポートしている RAID レベルは 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 10 です。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "暗号化"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>シリアル ATA RAID</emphasis> (<classname>dmraid</classname> を利用)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1826,13 +1826,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>マルチパス</emphasis> (実験的)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1844,13 +1844,13 @@ msgstr ""
"きます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "以下のファイルシステムをサポートしています。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1876,39 +1876,39 @@ msgstr ""
"デフォルトには ext2 が選択されます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (全アーキテクチャで使用できるわけではありません)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "デフォルトファイルシステムは UFS です。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (全アーキテクチャで使用できるわけではありません)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"できますが、以下のようにいくつか警告があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"テムを作成できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムをホストするプールでは行うべきではありません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"動時に GRUB の動作を妨げる可能性があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"はありません)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1987,13 +1987,13 @@ msgstr ""
"します。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2003,13 +2003,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ティションは作成できません。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2019,19 +2019,19 @@ msgstr ""
"qnx4 パーティションは作成できません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (読み込み専用)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2041,13 +2041,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。新しい NTFS パーティションは作成できません。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "ガイドパーティション分割"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"サポートを利用します。</para> </footnote> を利用する方法です。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr ""
"わけではありません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"スクのサイズにより、時間がかかることがあります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"に、インストーラは変更してよいか確認してきます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"にしてください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"を使用する場合は元に戻せません。</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2172,73 +2172,73 @@ msgstr ""
"依存します) がなければ、ガイドパーティション分割は失敗してしまいます。"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "パーティション分割方法"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "最低容量"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "作成するパーティション"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "All files in one partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Separate /home partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ニューに追加メニュー項目があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ msgstr ""
"いった情報が含まれています。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"手動パーティション分割で使用できる変化を示します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2357,13 +2357,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ティション分割で修正してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "手動パーティション分割"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ションの使用法については、本節の残りで扱います。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SPACE</quote> (空き領域) という新しい行が現れます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr ""
"を選択して、<command>partman</command> のメイン画面に戻ってください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2450,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"に進みません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> がそれを検出し、行うまで先に進むことができません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2507,13 +2507,13 @@ msgstr ""
"成するかどうか確認することになります。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "マルチディスクデバイス (ソフトウェア RAID) の設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firstterm> の方が有名) と呼びます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"てられる等) と同様に使用できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2652,97 +2652,97 @@ msgstr ""
"varlistentry> </variablelist> まとめると以下のようになります。"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "タイプ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "デバイス最小構成数"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "予備デバイス"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "ディスク破損に耐えるか?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "利用可能領域"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×デバイス数"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "任意"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>yes</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2750,19 +2750,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×(デバイス数 - 1)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2770,13 +2770,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "最小パーティションのサイズ×(RAID にあるデバイス数 - 2)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "全パーティションサイズ÷チャンクのコピー数 (デフォルトは 2)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink> をご覧ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ニューの <command>partman</command> で行えます)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> に RAID1 を用いる例が選択したり得ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2850,7 +2850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"さい。その後は選択した MD デバイスに依存します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgstr ""
"に MD にするパーティションを選択してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr ""
"せん。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"は、たくさんのアクティブデバイスがなければなりません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ション) で結合できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2954,13 +2954,13 @@ msgstr ""
"設定してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージャ (LVM) の設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"とになります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"リュームグループも)、複数の物理ディスクをまたがって定義できると言うことです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"きです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</menuchoice> を選ぶことで行います。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3046,7 +3046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"作は以下の通りです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3075,43 +3075,43 @@ msgstr ""
"の名称やサイズなどを表示します"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "ボリュームグループの作成"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "論理ボリュームの作成"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "論理ボリュームの削除"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "ボリュームグループの拡張"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "ボリュームグループの縮小"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ります"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"のメニューのオプションを使用してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3142,13 +3142,13 @@ msgstr ""
"常のボリュームと同じように表示されています (そして同じように扱えます)。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "暗号化ボリュームの設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ないと、ハードディスクのデータはランダムな文字列にしか見えません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ションからカーネルを起動する方法がないからです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"けます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ティションを暗号化するオプションが追加されます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"の Linux カーネルに収録されていて LVM 物理ボリュームをホストできる) です。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3253,13 +3253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3283,13 +3283,13 @@ msgstr ""
"り、21 世紀の機密情報を保護する標準暗号化アルゴリズムとして採用されました。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3302,13 +3302,13 @@ msgstr ""
"影響を与えます。利用できる暗号化キーのサイズは暗号方式に依存します。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"を推測できないようにします。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3338,25 +3338,25 @@ msgstr ""
"い、以前インストールしたシステムと互換をとる場合のみ使用してください。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Passphrase"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3369,13 +3369,13 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LUKS</ulink> を使用して設定するという意味です。</para></footnote>します。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Random key"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"解読されないでしょう)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3411,13 +3411,13 @@ msgstr ""
"なってしまうのです。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"データを復元できると信じられています。</para></footnote>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr ""
"かかるでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"前など) でないものです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"トが有効でなかったのかもしれません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。暗号化するパーティションの数だけ繰り返します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3567,13 +3567,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "パーティション分割の内容に納得いったら、インストールに進んでください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "基本システムのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"接続しかなければ、ある程度時間がかかるかもしれません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3602,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> を押してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3627,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"り低い優先度モードでは、利用可能なカーネルのリストから選ぶことができます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"同時に入っているべきパッケージです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3657,13 +3657,13 @@ msgstr ""
"中のこの時点以降でのみ効力を発揮します。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3678,13 +3678,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "apt の設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3730,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3747,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ビスのミラーを追加します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3762,13 +3762,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ジ追加の有無を選べます。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "2 枚以上の CD/DVD でのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3781,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ケージをインストールするため、スキャンしたくなると思います。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"後の CD に入っているパッケージを使用することになります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"のをカバーできるでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3842,13 +3842,13 @@ msgstr ""
"低くなります。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "ネットワークミラーの利用"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"が、中には例外もあります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr ""
"タスクを選択<emphasis>しない</emphasis>のが最善でしょう"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3896,7 +3896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"インストールは、(新しいシステムで起動した後など) 後で行うのがよいでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -3910,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ションとなります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -3925,7 +3925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"延ばすことができます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3940,26 +3940,26 @@ msgstr ""
"のダウンロードするデータ量は、以下に依存します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "インストールの次のステップで選択するタスク。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "どのパッケージがそのタスクに必要か。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "そのパッケージがスキャンした CD や DVD に収録されているかどうか。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ト) に用意されているかどうか。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3985,13 +3985,13 @@ msgstr ""
"意してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "ネットワークミラーの選択"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4022,7 +4022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[] で囲まなければならなくなりました。例えば <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4066,13 +4066,13 @@ msgstr ""
"用する場合、近くの IPv6 が利用できるミラーに転送します。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択・インストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"集中します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"必要容量一覧があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"選択をはずせます。全くタスクを選ばないようにもできます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4157,7 +4157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"グルできます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4167,7 +4167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ストールします。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的でインストールできない可能性もあります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"なデスクトップ環境のインストールがうまくいくでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4213,7 +4213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>; SSH サーバ: <classname>openssh</classname>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"にしてください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4248,7 +4248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ルします。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4262,7 +4262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4279,7 +4279,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ンストールを始めたら、キャンセルするオプションはありません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4296,13 +4296,13 @@ msgstr ""
"メージを使用していると、こういったことが起こり得ます。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "システムを起動可能に"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4317,13 +4317,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ください。</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "他 OS の検出"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4338,7 +4338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"できるように、このコンピュータを設定します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4353,13 +4353,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。作動しない場合は、詳細についてブートマネージャの文書を調べるべきです。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command> インストーラ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4375,19 +4375,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux パーティションを読むことができるからです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( もっと情報が必要 )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Grub</command> ブートローダのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4399,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"選んでおけばよいでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"さい。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4423,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr ""
"てください。そしてそこから、使用したいブートローダを選択してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>LILO</command> ブートローダのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4445,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> もご覧ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4459,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4469,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr ""
"提示します。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4485,13 +4485,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "new &debian; partition"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4503,13 +4503,13 @@ msgstr ""
"インストールし、第 2 のブートローダとして動作します。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Other choice"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"いった従来の名前を使用できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4537,13 +4537,13 @@ msgstr ""
"る、ということを意味します!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>ELILO</command> ブートローダのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4571,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Boot Manager</quote> により実際に実行されます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4588,13 +4588,13 @@ msgstr ""
"システムがあるディスクのパーティションを選択します。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "正しいパーティションを選択してください!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4613,13 +4613,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ください!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI パーティションの内容"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4649,13 +4649,13 @@ msgstr ""
"のファイルシステムにその他のファイルがあるかもしれません。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4667,13 +4667,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ピーです。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4686,13 +4686,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>&debian; GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> を選択するとこれが起動します。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4706,13 +4706,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> で指し示す <filename>/boot</filename> にあるファイルです。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4724,13 +4724,13 @@ msgstr ""
"する小さなテキストファイルです。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4744,13 +4744,13 @@ msgstr ""
"るファイルです。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Yaboot</command> のインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4770,13 +4770,13 @@ msgstr ""
"が &debian-gnu; を起動できるように設定されています。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Quik</command> のインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4790,7 +4790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Powermac や Power Computing のクローンで動作することが知られています。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4800,13 +4800,13 @@ msgstr ""
"セスの完全なコントロールを引き継ぎます。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command> インストーラ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4822,13 +4822,13 @@ msgstr ""
"and Installation Commands</quote> を見てください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>SILO</command> ブートローダのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4858,13 +4858,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Solaris と一緒に GNU/Linux をインストールするのなら、これが便利です。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "flash-kernel でシステムをブートできるようにする"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4884,7 +4884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"行します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4902,7 +4902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ラッシュメモリに存在した内容は通常上書きされることに注意してください!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4916,13 +4916,13 @@ msgstr ""
"スクリプトを生成し、ユーザが介入せずに自動起動できるようにします。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "ブートローダなしで継続"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4935,7 +4935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"るのに利用できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4957,13 +4957,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "インストールの完了"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -4974,13 +4974,13 @@ msgstr ""
"最終段階です。ほとんどが &d-i; の後片付けです。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "システム時計の設定"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -4993,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr ""
"れているかどうか、といったことから UTC を基準にするかどうかを判断します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5011,7 +5011,7 @@ msgstr ""
"地時間を選択してください。</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5022,13 +5022,13 @@ msgstr ""
"す。先ほどの選択により、UTC か現地時間のどちらかで保存します。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "システムの再起動"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5039,7 +5039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"促されます。システムはこの後、新しい &debian; システムで再起動します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5052,13 +5052,13 @@ msgstr ""
"イルシステムとして選択した DASD から GNU/Linux を IPL してください。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "トラブルシューティング"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5069,13 +5069,13 @@ msgstr ""
"うまく行かない時に、ユーザの助けになるようバックグラウンドで待っています。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "インストールログの保存"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5087,7 +5087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"れています。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5103,13 +5103,13 @@ msgstr ""
"したいときに便利です。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "シェルの使用とログの参照"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5134,14 +5134,14 @@ msgstr ""
"keycombo> でインストーラ自体に戻ってください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
"グラフィカルインストーラでは、<xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> もご覧ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5156,7 +5156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"userinput> と入力すると、シェルを終了してインストーラに戻ります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5174,7 +5174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"log</filename> ディレクトリにあります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5198,7 +5198,7 @@ msgstr ""
"しかありません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5211,13 +5211,13 @@ msgstr ""
"swap を有効にするようにし、シェルから手動で行わないようにしましょう。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "ネットワーク越しのインストール"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5234,7 +5234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"この部分は <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> で自動化できます)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5256,7 +5256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ばれる新しいメニュー項目が表示されます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5266,7 +5266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"法です。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5287,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr ""
"全に転送する必要があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr ""
"メニューに戻ります。そこで別のコンポーネントを選択してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5329,7 +5329,7 @@ msgstr ""
"認してください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5352,7 +5352,7 @@ msgstr ""
"により、再接続後にインストールを再開できるかどうかが決まるでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5374,7 +5374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"用は必要最小限にするべきです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5397,7 +5397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"もう一度行う必要があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5416,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"べきですが、シェル用には複数のセッションを起動できます。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5431,13 +5431,13 @@ msgstr ""
"インストールしたシステムに何か問題が発生するかもしれません。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "見つからないファームウェアの読み込み"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5452,7 +5452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"が必要になります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5470,7 +5470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ジュールを再読込します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ msgstr ""
"す。</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5500,7 +5500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"にご注意ください。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5522,13 +5522,13 @@ msgstr ""
"を検索してみるのもよいでしょう。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "メディアの準備"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5553,7 +5553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"します。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5569,7 +5569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"テムに展開するだけです。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5585,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ケージを含むかもしれません。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5597,13 +5597,13 @@ msgstr ""
"から入手できます。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "ファームウェアとインストールしたシステム"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5621,7 +5621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"がわずかにあります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5637,7 +5637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"できるようになると、自動的に更新するという利点があります。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5649,7 +5649,7 @@ msgstr ""
"トールしたシステムで動作しないでしょう。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/ko/installation-howto.po b/po/ko/installation-howto.po
index 967b2103c..2c45eebba 100644
--- a/po/ko/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/ko/installation-howto.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-howto.xml\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-07-26 10:17+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -452,6 +452,37 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"시계와 시간대를 설정한 다음 사용자 계정을 만듭니다. 먼저 <quote>루트</"
+"quote>(관리자) 계정의 암호를 입력하고 일반 사용자 계정 생성에 필요한 정보를 "
+"입력합니다. <quote>루트</quote> 사용자의 암호를 지정하지 않으면 이 계정을 사"
+"용할 수 없게 되지만, 나중에 새로 설치한 시스템에 <command>sudo</command> 패키"
+"지를 설치해 관리 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 기본값으로 시스템에서 맨 먼저 만"
+"든 사용자는 <command>sudo</command> 명령을 사용해 root가 될 수 있도록 허가됩"
+"니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -464,28 +495,6 @@ msgstr ""
"니다. 한 국가에 여러 개의 시간대가 있는 경우에만 시간대를 물어봅니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"시계와 시간대를 설정한 다음 사용자 계정을 만듭니다. 먼저 <quote>루트</"
-"quote>(관리자) 계정의 암호를 입력하고 일반 사용자 계정 생성에 필요한 정보를 "
-"입력합니다. <quote>루트</quote> 사용자의 암호를 지정하지 않으면 이 계정을 사"
-"용할 수 없게 되지만, 나중에 새로 설치한 시스템에 <command>sudo</command> 패키"
-"지를 설치해 관리 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 기본값으로 시스템에서 맨 먼저 만"
-"든 사용자는 <command>sudo</command> 명령을 사용해 root가 될 수 있도록 허가됩"
-"니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
index dda170297..95185fdb7 100644
--- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-03 22:49+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1399,117 +1399,13 @@ msgstr ""
"DHCPv6를 통해 추가 파라미터 설정) 지원합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "시계 및 시간 설정"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"설치 프로그램은 시스템 시각을 정확히 맞추려고 먼저 인터넷의 타임 서버에 "
-"(<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> 프로토콜 사용) 연결합니다. 연결이 실패하면, 부팅"
-"할 때 시스템 시계에서 읽은 시각과 날짜가 올바르다고 가정합니다. 설치 과정에"
-"서 시스템 시각을 수동으로 맞추는 방법은 없습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "S/390 플랫폼에서는 설치 프로그램이 시스템 시계를 변경하지 않습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"설치 과정에서 처음으로 선택한 지역에 따라 해당 위치에 해당하는 시간대의 목록"
-"을 표시합니다. 당신의 위치에 시간대가 하나 밖에 없고, 기본 설치를 수행하는 경"
-"우 시스템은 나열하지 않고, 그 시간대에 있다고 가정합니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"전문가 모드 및 우선 순위에서 설치하는 경우 표준 시간대 <quote>협정세계시</"
-"quote>(UTC)를 사용한다는 옵션이 추가됩니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"무슨 이유에서든 선택한 위치에 해당하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 시간대를 이"
-"용하려면, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"간단한 방법은 설치를 완료하고 새로 부팅한 후 다른 시간대를 선택하는 것입니"
-"다. 다음과 같은 명령을 사용합니다:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"다른 방법으로 설치 시스템이 부팅할 때 <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>값</"
-"replaceable></userinput> 파라미터를 넘겨서 시간대를 설정할 수도 있습니다. 이 "
-"값은 올바른 시간대 값이어야 합니다. 예를 들어 <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput>이나 <userinput>UTC</userinput>가 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"자동 설치에 preseed를 사용하여 시간대를 원하는 값으로 설정할 수 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "사용자 및 암호 설정"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1520,13 +1416,13 @@ msgstr ""
"니다. 다른 사용자 계정은 설치 후 작성하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "루트 암호 설정"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1540,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1555,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"사용하지 마십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1566,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"인 경우가 아니라면, 루트 암호는 다른 사람에게 알려주면 안 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1581,13 +1477,13 @@ msgstr ""
"는 <command>sudo</command> 명령으로 루트 사용자가 될 수 있게 허용합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1600,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"면 <emphasis>안 됩니다</emphasis>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1620,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr ""
# first name은 성이 아니라 이름이다
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1633,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr ""
"이 계정의 암호를 입력하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1643,13 +1539,117 @@ msgstr ""
"령을 사용하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "시계 및 시간 설정"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"설치 프로그램은 시스템 시각을 정확히 맞추려고 먼저 인터넷의 타임 서버에 "
+"(<firstterm>NTP</firstterm> 프로토콜 사용) 연결합니다. 연결이 실패하면, 부팅"
+"할 때 시스템 시계에서 읽은 시각과 날짜가 올바르다고 가정합니다. 설치 과정에"
+"서 시스템 시각을 수동으로 맞추는 방법은 없습니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "S/390 플랫폼에서는 설치 프로그램이 시스템 시계를 변경하지 않습니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"설치 과정에서 처음으로 선택한 지역에 따라 해당 위치에 해당하는 시간대의 목록"
+"을 표시합니다. 당신의 위치에 시간대가 하나 밖에 없고, 기본 설치를 수행하는 경"
+"우 시스템은 나열하지 않고, 그 시간대에 있다고 가정합니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"전문가 모드 및 우선 순위에서 설치하는 경우 표준 시간대 <quote>협정세계시</"
+"quote>(UTC)를 사용한다는 옵션이 추가됩니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"무슨 이유에서든 선택한 위치에 해당하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 시간대를 이"
+"용하려면, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"간단한 방법은 설치를 완료하고 새로 부팅한 후 다른 시간대를 선택하는 것입니"
+"다. 다음과 같은 명령을 사용합니다:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"다른 방법으로 설치 시스템이 부팅할 때 <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>값</"
+"replaceable></userinput> 파라미터를 넘겨서 시간대를 설정할 수도 있습니다. 이 "
+"값은 올바른 시간대 값이어야 합니다. 예를 들어 <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput>이나 <userinput>UTC</userinput>가 있습니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"자동 설치에 preseed를 사용하여 시간대를 원하는 값으로 설정할 수 있습니다."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"터를 잃어버립니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1711,13 +1711,13 @@ msgstr ""
"지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem>를 선택하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "지원하는 파티션 옵션"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"사용됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1759,31 +1759,31 @@ msgstr ""
"지원합니다."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자(LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "소프트웨어 RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "지원하는 RAID 레벨은 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 10 입니다."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "암호화"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>직렬 ATA RAID</emphasis>(<classname>dmraid</classname>를 이용)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1804,13 +1804,13 @@ msgstr ""
"한 정보가 <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">Wiki</ulink>를 참고하세요."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (실험적)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1821,13 +1821,13 @@ msgstr ""
"오. 현재 다중 경로는 설치 시작시 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "다음 파일 시스템을 지원합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1852,39 +1852,39 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/boot</filename> 파티션의 기본은 ext2가 선택됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (모든 아키텍처에서 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "기본 파일 시스템은 UFS입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (모든 아키텍처에서 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다) "
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"지 경고가 있습니다:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> 명령을 사용하여 수영장에 많은 파일 시스템을 만들 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"을 부팅하지 못하기 때문입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr ""
"해할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"습니다)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1961,13 +1961,13 @@ msgstr ""
"classname> 구성 요소를 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 버전 3에서만 지원합니다."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1977,13 +1977,13 @@ msgstr ""
"들 수 없습니다."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1993,19 +1993,19 @@ msgstr ""
"수 없습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (읽기 전용)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2015,13 +2015,13 @@ msgstr ""
"NTFS 파티션을 만들 수 없습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "자동 파티션하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote> 사용하는 것입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"아키텍처에 따라(암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 옵션을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"안전합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2077,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다), 디스크 크기에 따라 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에 쓰기 전에 계속해도 좋을 지 확인 질문을 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr ""
"스크인지 확인할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr ""
"가능합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2151,76 +2151,76 @@ msgstr ""
"용량은 다릅니다) 자동 파티션은 실패합니다."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "파티션 방식"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "최소 공간"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "만들 파티션"
# 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "모두 한 파티션에 설치"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑"
# 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "/home 파티션 분리"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑"
# 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "/home, /var, /tmp 파티션 분리"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr ""
"함)은 LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr ""
"나 더 생깁니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2335,13 +2335,13 @@ msgstr ""
"준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 바꿀 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "수동 파티션하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"공간</quote>이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"으로 돌아갑니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"메뉴에서 파티션을 지워 버릴 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"지 않으면 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2480,13 +2480,13 @@ msgstr ""
"한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기(소프트웨어 RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(더 자주 쓰이는 다른 말로 <firstterm>RAID</firstterm>라고 합니다.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2618,97 +2618,97 @@ msgstr ""
"varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "종류"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "장치 최소 개수"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "예비 장치"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "사용 가능 공간"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "옵션"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>예</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2716,19 +2716,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 1)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2736,13 +2736,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 2)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "전체 파티션 나누기 단위 복사물의 개수(기본값 2)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>에 RAID1을 사용하는 것도 한 가지 방법입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에 따라 달라집니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다고 해도, 개수가 맞아야 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"래야 모든 카피가 다른 디스크에 분배됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2916,13 +2916,13 @@ msgstr ""
"같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "LVM (논리 볼륨 관리자) 설정하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr ""
"해야 했던 경험이 있을 겁니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr ""
"리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2975,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr ""
"용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3031,43 +3031,43 @@ msgstr ""
"크기 등을 표시합니다"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "볼륨 그룹 삭제"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "논리 볼륨 삭제"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"아갑니다"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3098,13 +3098,13 @@ msgstr ""
"면 됩니다.)"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"바른 암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr ""
"가능합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr ""
"도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"커널에 포함, LVM 물리 볼륨 사용 가능)입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3204,13 +3204,13 @@ msgstr ""
"안을 염두에 두고 기본값이 들어 있습니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3234,13 +3234,13 @@ msgstr ""
"으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3253,13 +3253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3276,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"이 암호화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3290,25 +3290,25 @@ msgstr ""
"우에만 사용하십시오."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>암호</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "암호"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3321,13 +3321,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "무작위 키"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"게 무작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3362,13 +3362,13 @@ msgstr ""
"왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3388,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다고 합니다. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3420,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우에 이런 일이 일어날 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3512,13 +3512,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3532,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"는, 사용 가능한 여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"설치하면 기능이 확장되는 패키지입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3602,13 +3602,13 @@ msgstr ""
"스템을 설치한 다음부터 적용됩니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "추가 소프트웨어 설치하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3622,13 +3622,13 @@ msgstr ""
"베이스 시스템 설치보다도 더 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "APT 설정하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"있기 때문입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"updates</quote> 업데이트 서비스에 대한 미러 사이트도 추가합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3704,13 +3704,13 @@ msgstr ""
"의 패키지를 추가할 지도 결정할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "여러 개의 CD/DVD에서 설치하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"그램에서 그 CD나 DVD에 들어 있는 패키지를 사용할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에 해당하는 패키지를 설치할 수 없을 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3749,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"키지를 사용하는 사람은 거의 없습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다. 첫번째 DVD나 두번째 DVD만으로도 필요한 대부분의 패키지가 들어 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3781,13 +3781,13 @@ msgstr ""
"으로 읽어들이면 실패할 가능성이 줄어듭니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "네트워크 미러 사용하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"을 받게 됩니다. 기본값을 사용해도 되지만 예외의 경우가 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3815,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"literal> 태스크를 선택하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 편이 좋습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3834,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"키지를 설치하는 게 좋습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다. 네트워크 미러는 꼭 사용하지 않아도 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ msgstr ""
"을 더 오래동안 사용할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3877,26 +3877,26 @@ msgstr ""
"그러므로 미러 사이트를 사용할 경우 다운로드할 데이터의 크기는"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "다음 설치 단계에서 선택하는 태스크,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "그 태스크에 필요한 패키지,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "그 패키지 중에 사용 중인 CD/DVD에 들어 있는 패키지,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3921,13 +3921,13 @@ msgstr ""
"운로드할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "네트워크 미러 고르기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3942,7 +3942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"시됩니다. 기본값을 선택하면 대부분 잘 동작합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3957,7 +3957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"때 주소 앞뒤로 각괄호를 <quote>[2001:db8:1]</quote>처럼 써야 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3983,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"용할 수 있습니다(빠른 사이트는 아니더라도)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4001,13 +4001,13 @@ msgstr ""
"리킵니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4023,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"리 마쳐서 컴퓨터를 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4039,20 +4039,20 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"태스크는 <quote>데스크톱 환경</quote>, <quote>웹서버</quote>, "
-"<quote>프린트 서버</quote> <footnote> <para> 이 목록을 표시할 때, 설치 프로그"
-"램은 <command>tasksel</command>을 실행할 뿐입니다. <command>tasksel</command>"
-"은 시스템 설치를 끝낸 다음에도 언제든지 패키지를 설치하고 지울 때 실행할 수 "
-"있습니다. <command>tasksel</command> 외에도 <command>aptitude</command>처럼 "
-"패키지 설치와 제거를 더 자세히 하는 프로그램을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 설치를 "
-"모두 마치고 특정 패키지를 찾으려면 <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>"
-"패키지</replaceable></userinput> 명령을 실행하면 됩니다. 여기서 <replaceable>"
-"패키지</replaceable>는 찾으려는 패키지의 이름입니다. </para> </footnote> 등 "
-"컴퓨터로 할 수 있는 여러가지 작업에 해당합니다. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-"
-"list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다."
+"태스크는 <quote>데스크톱 환경</quote>, <quote>웹서버</quote>, <quote>프린트 "
+"서버</quote> <footnote> <para> 이 목록을 표시할 때, 설치 프로그램은 "
+"<command>tasksel</command>을 실행할 뿐입니다. <command>tasksel</command>은 시"
+"스템 설치를 끝낸 다음에도 언제든지 패키지를 설치하고 지울 때 실행할 수 있습니"
+"다. <command>tasksel</command> 외에도 <command>aptitude</command>처럼 패키지 "
+"설치와 제거를 더 자세히 하는 프로그램을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 설치를 모두 마"
+"치고 특정 패키지를 찾으려면 <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>패키지</"
+"replaceable></userinput> 명령을 실행하면 됩니다. 여기서 <replaceable>패키지</"
+"replaceable>는 찾으려는 패키지의 이름입니다. </para> </footnote> 등 컴퓨터로 "
+"할 수 있는 여러가지 작업에 해당합니다. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>"
+"에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4064,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4074,7 +4074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"택하고 해제할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4083,7 +4083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>데스크톱 환경</quote> 태스크는 그래픽 데스크톱 환경을 설치합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr ""
"데스크톱 조합은 같이 설치할 수 없을 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4116,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"크톱 환경이든 설치하는데 문제가 없습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4128,7 +4128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"서버: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4143,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"고 있고 정말 최소한의 시스템을 원하는 경우가 아니라면)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4161,7 +4161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"경에 필요한 지역화 패키지도(이러한 패키지가 있다면) 설치합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"자가 설정해야 하는 프로그램이 있으면 설치하는 중에 알려 줍니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4190,7 +4190,7 @@ msgstr ""
"수도 있습니다. 패키지 설치를 일단 시작하면 취소하는 방법은 없습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4207,13 +4207,13 @@ msgstr ""
"지를 사용하면 이런 일이 발생합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4227,13 +4227,13 @@ msgstr ""
"\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "다른 운영 체제 검색"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다. 또한 &debian; 이외에 다른 OS를 부팅할 수 있도록 컴퓨터를 설정합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4262,13 +4262,13 @@ msgstr ""
"서에서 더 자세한 사항을 찾아보십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4284,19 +4284,19 @@ msgstr ""
"파티션을 읽을 수 있기 때문입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4308,7 +4308,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4320,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4331,13 +4331,13 @@ msgstr ""
"한 다음, 사용하고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4353,7 +4353,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4366,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr ""
"메뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4376,13 +4376,13 @@ msgstr ""
"다:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드(Master Boot Record, MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4390,13 +4390,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "이렇게 하면 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 담당합니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "&debian; 새로운 파티션"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4407,13 +4407,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치하고 보조 부트 로더로서 동작합니다."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "기타"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4425,7 +4425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4440,13 +4440,13 @@ msgstr ""
"로 돌아가려면 다른 방법을 사용할 필요가있다는 것을 의미합니다!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4473,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr ""
"시작하는 일을 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4489,13 +4489,13 @@ msgstr ""
"은 디스크의 파티션입니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4512,13 +4512,13 @@ msgstr ""
"포맷하고 이전 내용이 삭제될 수도 있으니 주의하십시오!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4547,13 +4547,13 @@ msgstr ""
"템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4565,13 +4565,13 @@ msgstr ""
"의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4587,13 +4587,13 @@ msgstr ""
"선택하면 실행하는 프로그램입니다."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4607,13 +4607,13 @@ msgstr ""
"는 파일입니다."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4625,13 +4625,13 @@ msgstr ""
"usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 없어집니다."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4644,13 +4644,13 @@ msgstr ""
"에서 가리키는 <filename>/boot</filename>에있는 파일입니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4669,13 +4669,13 @@ msgstr ""
"크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian-gnu; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>quik</command> 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4689,7 +4689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4699,13 +4699,13 @@ msgstr ""
"조종할 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4721,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr ""
"and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4757,13 +4757,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "시스템을 flash-kernel로 부팅 가능하게 만들기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4782,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"을 수행합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에서 실행하면 이전의 플래시 메모리 내용을 덮어쓰게 됩니다!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4813,13 +4813,13 @@ msgstr ""
"적절한 부팅 스크립트를 만듭니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4831,7 +4831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"더가 필요없는 경우일(예를 들어 기존 부트로더를 사용) 것입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4852,13 +4852,13 @@ msgstr ""
"및 파티션도 알아야 합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "설치 마치기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -4869,13 +4869,13 @@ msgstr ""
"다. 대부분은 &d-i;의 뒷정리입니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "시스템 시계 맞추기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -4888,7 +4888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에, 이 질문은 보통 물어보지 않습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -4905,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다. 듀얼 부팅을 하려면 UTC가 아니라 지역별 시각으로 맞추십시오.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -4916,13 +4916,13 @@ msgstr ""
"한 사항에 따라 UTC로 저장할 수도 있고 지역별 시각으로 저장할 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "시스템 다시 시작"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -4933,7 +4933,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에 새로 설치한 &debian; 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -4946,13 +4946,13 @@ msgstr ""
"선택했던 DASD에서, &debian-gnu;를 IPL하면 됩니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "문제해결"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4963,13 +4963,13 @@ msgstr ""
"지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "설치 로그 저장"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4980,7 +4980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>에 자동으로 작성되고 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4995,13 +4995,13 @@ msgstr ""
"로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5026,13 +5026,13 @@ msgstr ""
"시 돌아올 수 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "그래픽 설치 프로그램은 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> 부분도 보십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5047,7 +5047,7 @@ msgstr ""
"userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5064,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"기록같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5076,7 +5076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"에 들어 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"션입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5101,13 +5101,13 @@ msgstr ""
"설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5124,7 +5124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5145,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"목이 새로 생깁니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5155,7 +5155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5180,7 +5180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5191,7 +5191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"인 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 메인 메뉴에서 다른 컴포넌트를 선택하면 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5221,7 +5221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5245,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr ""
"니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5267,7 +5267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다.) 그러니 이 옵션은 필요한 경우에만 사용해야 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5290,7 +5290,7 @@ msgstr ""
"시 연결하면 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5309,7 +5309,7 @@ msgstr ""
"어야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5324,13 +5324,13 @@ msgstr ""
"다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "없는 펌웨어 읽어들이기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5343,7 +5343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"가끔 기본적인 기능은 동작하고 추가적인 기능에서만 펌웨어가 필요하기도 합니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5360,7 +5360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"입니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5377,7 +5377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"다.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5388,7 +5388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"웨어 읽어들이기를 건너 뛸 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5408,13 +5408,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command> 명령 결과에서 <quote>firmware</quote>라는 말을 찾아보십시오."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "미디어 준비하기"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5437,7 +5437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(FAT는 설치 앞 단계에서도 지원하는 파일 시스템이므로.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5452,7 +5452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"또는 zip 파일을 다운로드 미디어 파일 시스템에 배포하면됩니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5467,7 +5467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"가 아닌 패키지도 들어 있습니다:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5478,13 +5478,13 @@ msgstr ""
"놓은 시스템에서 가져올 수도 있고 하드웨어 공급사가 제공해 줄 수도 있습니다."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "펌웨어 및 설치한 시스템"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5500,7 +5500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"만 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5515,7 +5515,7 @@ msgstr ""
"이 있습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5526,7 +5526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"당 장치가 설치한 시스템에서 동작하지 않습니다."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/nl/installation-howto.po b/po/nl/installation-howto.po
index da62ea8a1..7aaa41764 100644
--- a/po/nl/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/nl/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-25 20:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -477,6 +477,40 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"Na het instellen van de klok en de tijdzone volgt het aanmaken van "
+"gebruikersaccounts. Standaard wordt u gevraagd om een wachtwoord in te geven "
+"voor het account van <quote>root</quote> (de systeembeheerder). Er wordt ook "
+"naar de informatie gevraagd die nodig is om een account aan te maken voor "
+"een gewone gebruiker. Indien u geen wachtwoord opgeeft voor gebruiker "
+"<quote>root</quote>, zal dat account gedeactiveerd worden en zal later het "
+"<command>sudo</command>-pakket geïnstalleerd worden om het mogelijk te maken "
+"om beheerstaken uit te voeren op het nieuwe systeem. Standaard zal de eerste "
+"gebruiker die aangemaakt wordt op het systeem de toelating hebben om het "
+"commando <command>sudo</command> te gebruiken om gebruiker root te worden."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -492,31 +526,6 @@ msgstr ""
"selecteren."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het instellen van de klok en de tijdzone volgt het aanmaken van "
-"gebruikersaccounts. Standaard wordt u gevraagd om een wachtwoord in te geven "
-"voor het account van <quote>root</quote> (de systeembeheerder). Er wordt ook "
-"naar de informatie gevraagd die nodig is om een account aan te maken voor "
-"een gewone gebruiker. Indien u geen wachtwoord opgeeft voor gebruiker "
-"<quote>root</quote>, zal dat account gedeactiveerd worden en zal later het "
-"<command>sudo</command>-pakket geïnstalleerd worden om het mogelijk te maken "
-"om beheerstaken uit te voeren op het nieuwe systeem. Standaard zal de eerste "
-"gebruiker die aangemaakt wordt op het systeem de toelating hebben om het "
-"commando <command>sudo</command> te gebruiken om gebruiker root te worden."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/nl/using-d-i.po b/po/nl/using-d-i.po
index 86980bcfb..7591908e9 100644
--- a/po/nl/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/nl/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual/using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-25 21:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1535,131 +1535,13 @@ msgstr ""
"DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "De klok en de tijdzone instellen"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Het installatiesysteem zal allereerst proberen om verbinding te maken met "
-"een tijdserver op het Internet (gebruikmakend van het <firstterm>NTP</"
-"firstterm>-protocol) om op basis daarvan de systeemtijd juist in te stellen. "
-"Als dit mislukt, zal het installatiesysteem ervan uitgaan dat de datum en "
-"tijd die het tijdens het opstarten van de interne systeemklok kreeg, juist "
-"zijn. Het is niet mogelijk om tijdens de installatie de systeemtijd "
-"handmatig in te stellen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"Het installatiesysteem wijzigt de systeemtijd niet op het S/390-platform."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van de eerder in het installatieproces geselecteerde locatie, "
-"kan een keuzelijst getoond worden met tijdzones die relevant zijn voor die "
-"locatie. Als er voor uw locatie slechts één tijdzone bestaat en u een "
-"standaardinstallatie uitvoert, zal u niets worden gevraagd en zal het "
-"systeem ervan uitgaan dat dit de correcte tijdzone is."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"In expertmodus of bij een installatie waarbij ook vragen gesteld worden die "
-"een prioriteit medium hebben, zult u de extra mogelijkheid hebben om "
-"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC - de gecoördineerde "
-"wereldtijd) als tijdzone te selecteren."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u, om wat voor reden dan ook, voor het geïnstalleerde systeem een "
-"tijdzone wilt instellen die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> past bij de "
-"geselecteerde locatie, dan zijn er twee opties."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"De meest eenvoudige optie is om gewoon een andere tijdzone in te stellen "
-"nadat de installatie is afgerond en u uw nieuwe systeem heeft opgestart. Het "
-"commando hiervoor is:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Een alternatieve mogelijkheid is om de tijdzone helemaal aan het begin van "
-"de installatie op te geven door de parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>waarde</replaceable></userinput> mee te geven bij het "
-"opstarten van het installatiesysteem. De waarde dient uiteraard een geldige "
-"tijdzone te zijn, zoals <userinput>Europe/Amsterdam</userinput> of "
-"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor geautomatiseerde installaties kan de tijdzone op om het even welke "
-"gewenste waarde worden ingesteld door gebruik te maken van voorconfiguratie "
-"(preseeding)."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Gebruikers en wachtwoorden instellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1672,13 +1554,13 @@ msgstr ""
"gebruikers kunnen worden aangemaakt nadat de installatie is afgerond."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Het wachtwoord voor root instellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1692,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en altijd gedurende de kortst mogelijke tijd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1708,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr ""
"het gebruik van persoonlijke gegevens die eenvoudig kunnen worden geraden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1721,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dan één systeembeheerder heeft."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1739,13 +1621,13 @@ msgstr ""
"worden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Een gewone gebruiker aanmaken"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1759,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dagelijks gebruik of als uw persoonlijke login."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1781,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dit nieuw voor u is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1796,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden gevraagd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1806,13 +1688,131 @@ msgstr ""
"aanmaken, kunt u het commando <command>adduser</command> gebruiken."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "De klok en de tijdzone instellen"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatiesysteem zal allereerst proberen om verbinding te maken met "
+"een tijdserver op het Internet (gebruikmakend van het <firstterm>NTP</"
+"firstterm>-protocol) om op basis daarvan de systeemtijd juist in te stellen. "
+"Als dit mislukt, zal het installatiesysteem ervan uitgaan dat de datum en "
+"tijd die het tijdens het opstarten van de interne systeemklok kreeg, juist "
+"zijn. Het is niet mogelijk om tijdens de installatie de systeemtijd "
+"handmatig in te stellen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatiesysteem wijzigt de systeemtijd niet op het S/390-platform."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van de eerder in het installatieproces geselecteerde locatie, "
+"kan een keuzelijst getoond worden met tijdzones die relevant zijn voor die "
+"locatie. Als er voor uw locatie slechts één tijdzone bestaat en u een "
+"standaardinstallatie uitvoert, zal u niets worden gevraagd en zal het "
+"systeem ervan uitgaan dat dit de correcte tijdzone is."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"In expertmodus of bij een installatie waarbij ook vragen gesteld worden die "
+"een prioriteit medium hebben, zult u de extra mogelijkheid hebben om "
+"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC - de gecoördineerde "
+"wereldtijd) als tijdzone te selecteren."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u, om wat voor reden dan ook, voor het geïnstalleerde systeem een "
+"tijdzone wilt instellen die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> past bij de "
+"geselecteerde locatie, dan zijn er twee opties."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"De meest eenvoudige optie is om gewoon een andere tijdzone in te stellen "
+"nadat de installatie is afgerond en u uw nieuwe systeem heeft opgestart. Het "
+"commando hiervoor is:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Een alternatieve mogelijkheid is om de tijdzone helemaal aan het begin van "
+"de installatie op te geven door de parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>waarde</replaceable></userinput> mee te geven bij het "
+"opstarten van het installatiesysteem. De waarde dient uiteraard een geldige "
+"tijdzone te zijn, zoals <userinput>Europe/Amsterdam</userinput> of "
+"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor geautomatiseerde installaties kan de tijdzone op om het even welke "
+"gewenste waarde worden ingesteld door gebruik te maken van voorconfiguratie "
+"(preseeding)."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Schijfindeling en selectie van aankoppelpunten"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als RAID, LVM of versleutelde partities worden geconfigureerd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"raadplegen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gegevens op die schijf voorgoed ontoegankelijk worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1880,13 +1880,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Schijfindeling handmatig uitvoeren</guimenuitem> uit het menu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Ondersteunde schijfindelingsopties"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blokapparaten te gebruiken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standaardwaarden gehanteerd worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1934,31 +1934,31 @@ msgstr ""
"elkaar gecombineerd kunnen worden."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Logical Volume Management (LVM) - logisch volumebeheer"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Software RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Ondersteunde RAID-niveaus zijn 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 en 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Encryptie"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Seriële ATA RAID</emphasis> (met <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1981,13 +1981,13 @@ msgstr ""
"i-sataraid;\">onze Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimenteel)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -2000,13 +2000,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deze geactiveerd werd bij het opstarten van het installatiesysteem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "De volgende bestandssystemen worden ondersteund."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -2032,37 +2032,37 @@ msgstr ""
"standaard geselecteerd zijn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (niet op alle architecturen beschikbaar)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Het standaard bestandssysteem is UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (niet op alle architecturen beschikbaar)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden, maar er moeten enkele kanttekeningen geplaatst worden:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden met het commando <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opstarten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"basisbestandssysteem, kan dit GRUB beletten uw systeem op te starten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beschikbaar)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2149,13 +2149,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wordt ondersteund."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2165,13 +2165,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mogelijk om nieuwe jffs2-partities aan te maken."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2182,19 +2182,19 @@ msgstr ""
"partities aan te maken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (alleen-lezen)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2205,13 +2205,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nieuwe NTFS-partities aan te maken."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Begeleide schijfindeling"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alle architecturen beschikbaar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gegevens extra beveiligd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grootte van uw schijf kan dit wat tijd in beslag nemen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"geschreven worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"te herkennen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"maken. Indien u (geëncrypteerd) LVM gebruikt is dit niet mogelijk. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2349,73 +2349,73 @@ msgstr ""
"ter beschikking kunt stellen, zal de begeleide schijfindeling mislukken."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Schijfindelingsschema"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Minimale ruimte"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Aangemaakte partities"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Alle bestanden op één partitie"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Afzonderlijke partitie /home"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Afzonderlijke partities /home, /var en /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM-partitie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"item voor het manueel instellen van een partitie als een ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zullen worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kan worden bereikt met handmatige schijfindeling."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2537,13 +2537,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wijzigen zoals hieronder beschreven wordt voor de handmatige schijfindeling."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Handmatige schijfindeling"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; systeem worden in de rest van dit onderdeel behandeld."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>VRIJE RUIMTE</quote> (FREE SPACE) moeten verschijnen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verwijderen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"voort laten doen tot dit probleem is verholpen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en u beletten voort te gaan tot u er een heeft toegewezen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of <filename>partman-lvm</filename>) zijn geladen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2703,13 +2703,13 @@ msgstr ""
"degelijk moeten aangemaakt worden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Meervoudige schijfapparaten configureren (Software RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> kunt formatteren, er een aankoppelpunt kunt aan toewijzen, enz.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2866,55 +2866,55 @@ msgstr ""
"Samenvattend:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Minimum aantal apparaten"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Reserveschijf"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Overleeft een schijfstoring?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Beschikbare ruimte"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nee</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2922,43 +2922,43 @@ msgstr ""
"de RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "facultatief"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Grootte van de kleinste partitie in de RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2968,19 +2968,19 @@ msgstr ""
"in de RAID minus één)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2990,13 +2990,13 @@ msgstr ""
"in de RAID minus twee)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gekopieerd wordt (standaard twee maal)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fysiek volume voor RAID</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mogelijkheid."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vervolg is afhankelijk van het geselecteerde type MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"die u voor het MD-apparaat wilt gebruiken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"voort te gaan totdat dit gecorrigeerd is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partities dient te gebruiken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ msgstr ""
"behalve dat minstens <emphasis>vier</emphasis> actieve partities nodig zijn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zodanig dat elke kopie naar een andere schijf gestuurd kan worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3185,13 +3185,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aankoppelpunten, toe te kennen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Logisch volumebeheer (LVM) instellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nieuwe locatie, enz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ msgstr ""
"omvatten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> te raadplegen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fysiek volume voor LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uitvoert!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acties zijn:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3323,43 +3323,43 @@ msgstr ""
"structuur van LVM-apparaten en de namen en groottes van logische volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Volumegroep aanmaken"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Logisch volume aanmaken"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Volumegroep verwijderen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Logisch volume verwijderen"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Volumegroep uitbreiden"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Volumegroep verkleinen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3369,7 +3369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3379,7 +3379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"daaronder de gewenste logische volumes aan te maken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3392,13 +3392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"behandelen)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Geëncrypteerde volumes instellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gegevens op de harde schijf eruit zien als willekeurige tekens."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laden vanaf een geëncrypteerde partitie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3467,7 +3467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"coderingsmethode en de lengte van de encryptiesleutel."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3488,7 +3488,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dan aanpassen en verschillende cryptografische opties voor de partitie tonen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3499,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"te gebruiken met fysieke LVM-volumes)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"zorg geselecteerd werden met het oog op veiligheid."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryptie: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3546,13 +3546,13 @@ msgstr ""
"voor het beveiligen van gevoelige informatie in de 21ste eeuw."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Grootte van de sleutel: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3567,13 +3567,13 @@ msgstr ""
"coderingsmethode."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV algoritme: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"terugkerende patronen in de geëncrypteerde gegevens."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3607,25 +3607,25 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmes te gebruiken."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryptiesleutel: <userinput>Wachtwoordzin</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Hier kunt u voor deze partitie het type encryptiesleutel kiezen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Wachtwoordzin"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3640,13 +3640,13 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnen invoeren."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Willekeurige sleutel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kort.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3688,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr ""
"slapende data te herstellen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Gegevens wissen: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"overschreven werden. </para></footnote> te herstellen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partities kan dit enige tijd in beslag nemen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"namen van familieleden of verwanten, enz.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"invoerde."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3807,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"die geëncrypteerd moet worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3834,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standaardinstelling voor u niet geschikt is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3862,13 +3862,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installatie."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Installatie van het Basissysteem"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3882,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computer of netwerkverbinding heeft, kan dit enige tijd in beslag nemen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3899,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"van <keycombo><keycap>Linker Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"daar raadplegen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lijst worden getoond met beschikbare kernels waaruit u een keuze kunt maken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"geïnstalleerd moeten worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3960,13 +3960,13 @@ msgstr ""
"treedt pas in werking na dit punt in het installatieproces."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Aanvullende software installeren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3982,13 +3982,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dan de installatie van het basissysteem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "De configuratie van apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -4022,7 +4022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"een vriendelijke gebruikersinterface."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aanpassen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -4057,7 +4057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"updates</quote> voor updates van pakketten uit de stabiele distributie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -4074,13 +4074,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>non-free</quote> van het archief."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "De installatie uitvoeren met meer dan één CD of DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -4095,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gebruiken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -4110,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"selecteert, geïnstalleerd zullen kunnen worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -4124,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gebruiken die op de laatste CD's van de set staan."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4142,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de meeste gebruikers."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4160,13 +4160,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aflopende volgorde laten scannen kan de kans op fouten verminderen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Een netwerkspiegelserver gebruiken"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uitzonderingen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4198,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<literal>desktopomgeving</literal> te selecteren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4220,7 +4220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeren (d.w.z. nadat u naar het nieuwe systeem opgestart hebt)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netwerkspiegelserver is facultatief."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4252,7 +4252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gedrang brengt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4268,19 +4268,19 @@ msgstr ""
"gedownload zal worden als u een spiegelserver selecteert, hangt dus af van"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "de taken die u in de volgende stap van de installatie selecteert,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "welke pakketten voor die taken nodig zijn,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4288,7 +4288,7 @@ msgstr ""
"welke van die pakketten op de CD's of DVD's staan die u liet scannen en"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4301,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"staan."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4316,13 +4316,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deze diensten ingesteld werden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Een netwerkspiegelserver kiezen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4340,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"goed."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4356,7 +4356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"rechte haakjes rond moet plaatsen, bijvoorbeeld <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4386,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beschikbaar is, hoewel het wellicht niet de snelst mogelijke is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4407,13 +4407,13 @@ msgstr ""
"met IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Software selecteren en installeren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr ""
"snel kan worden ingericht voor het uitvoeren van diverse taken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4463,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beschikbare taken benodigde ruimte."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4476,7 +4476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"op dit punt zelfs voor kiezen om geen enkele taak te installeren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4486,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"spatiebalk gebruiken om een taak te (de)selecteren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4496,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4513,7 +4513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4534,7 +4534,7 @@ msgstr ""
"een andere installatiemethode gebruikt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>cups</classname>; SSH-server: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4562,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"doet en echt een heel minimaal systeem wilt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4583,7 +4583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden (als die beschikbaar zijn)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4598,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vragen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mogelijkheid om die installatie te annuleren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4636,13 +4636,13 @@ msgstr ""
"image gebruikt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Zorgen dat uw systeem kan worden opgestart"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4657,13 +4657,13 @@ msgstr ""
"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Andere besturingssystemen detecteren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4680,7 +4680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ook dit andere besturingssysteem te kunnen opstarten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4697,13 +4697,13 @@ msgstr ""
"voor nadere informatie."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Het <command>palo</command>-installatieprogramma"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4720,20 +4720,20 @@ msgstr ""
"in staat is Linux-partities te lezen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa NOG TE DOEN ( er is meer info nodig )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"De opstartlader <command>Grub</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr ""
"voor zowel nieuwe als ervaren gebruikers."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4758,7 +4758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volledige informatie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4770,14 +4770,14 @@ msgstr ""
"die u wenst te gebruiken."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"De opstartlader <command>LILO</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4794,7 +4794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4809,7 +4809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Linux en GNU/Hurd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4819,13 +4819,13 @@ msgstr ""
"opstartlader <command>LILO</command> geïnstalleerd moet worden:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "in het Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4835,13 +4835,13 @@ msgstr ""
"opstartproces hebben."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "op een nieuwe &debian; partitie"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4853,13 +4853,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nieuwe &debian; partitie en zal dan dienst doen als secundaire opstartlader."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Een andere mogelijkheid"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4872,7 +4872,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zoals <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4889,14 +4889,14 @@ msgstr ""
"geraken!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"De opstartlader <command>ELILO</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4926,7 +4926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starten van de Linux-kernel op zich te nemen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4945,13 +4945,13 @@ msgstr ""
"bestandssysteem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Kies de correcte partitie uit!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4972,13 +4972,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dat alle vroegere gegevens gewist zullen worden!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "De inhoud van een EFI-partitie"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -5011,13 +5011,13 @@ msgstr ""
"update of een herconfiguratie van het systeem."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -5030,13 +5030,13 @@ msgstr ""
"naar de bestanden in de EFI-partitie."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -5050,13 +5050,13 @@ msgstr ""
"menu van de <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> schuil gaat."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -5071,13 +5071,13 @@ msgstr ""
"wordt door de symbolische koppeling <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -5090,13 +5090,13 @@ msgstr ""
"elilo</filename> een volgende keer uitgevoerd wordt."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -5111,13 +5111,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -5138,13 +5138,13 @@ msgstr ""
"worden en zal OpenFirmware ingesteld worden om &debian-gnu; op te starten."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "<command>Quik</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -5159,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"klonen van Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -5169,13 +5169,13 @@ msgstr ""
"volledige controle over het opstartproces zal overnemen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Het <command>zipl</command>-installatieprogramma"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5192,14 +5192,14 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>ZIPL</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"De opstartlader <command>SILO</command> installeren op een harde schijf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5231,13 +5231,13 @@ msgstr ""
"SunOS/Solaris installatie wilt installeren."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Het systeem opstartbaar maken met flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5259,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr ""
"is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5278,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inhoud van het flashgeheugen overschrijft!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5293,13 +5293,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tussenkomst van de gebruiker mogelijk maakt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Verder gaan zonder opstartlader"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5312,7 +5312,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeren (b.v. als u de bestaande opstartlader wilt gebruiken)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5336,13 +5336,13 @@ msgstr ""
"plaatsen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "De installatie afronden"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5355,13 +5355,13 @@ msgstr ""
"elkaar geknoopt worden."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "De systeemklok instellen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5376,7 +5376,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne klok al dan niet is ingesteld op UTC."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5396,7 +5396,7 @@ msgstr ""
"besturingssystemen op uw computer wilt gebruiken.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5408,13 +5408,13 @@ msgstr ""
"afhankelijk van de zojuist gemaakte selectie."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Het systeem opnieuw opstarten"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5426,7 +5426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zal uw systeem opnieuw opstarten met uw nieuwe &debian; systeem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5440,13 +5440,13 @@ msgstr ""
"installatie heeft geselecteerd voor het root-bestandssysteem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Probleemoplossing"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5458,13 +5458,13 @@ msgstr ""
"beschikking om de gebruiker te helpen als er iets mis gaat."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "De logbestanden van de installatie bewaren"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5476,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> op uw nieuwe &debian; systeem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5493,13 +5493,13 @@ msgstr ""
"bestuderen of ze wilt meesturen met een installatierapport."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Een shell gebruiken en de logs bekijken"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5526,14 +5526,14 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap></keycombo> om terug te keren naar het installatiesysteem zelf."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Raadpleeg bij een grafische installatie ook <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5550,7 +5550,7 @@ msgstr ""
"het installatiesysteem terug te keren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5569,7 +5569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"commando's en bestandsnamen en een opdrachthistorie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5581,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr ""
"map <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5593,7 +5593,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bedoeld voor het geval er iets mis gaat en om te debuggen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5608,13 +5608,13 @@ msgstr ""
"activeren. Dit zou u niet zelf vanuit een shell mogen doen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installeren over het netwerk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5633,7 +5633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automatiseren met <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5657,7 +5657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"afstand doorlopen via SSH</guimenuitem> verschijnt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5667,7 +5667,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netwerk is geconfigureerd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5690,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"te stellen aan degene die de installatie op afstand zal vervolgen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5702,7 +5702,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component kunt selecteren."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5736,7 +5736,7 @@ msgstr ""
"die correct is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5765,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"stand bracht."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5788,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zich anders hersteld zou hebben). Gebruik dit dus enkel als het nodig is."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5814,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>, waarna u een nieuwe poging kunt doen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5836,7 +5836,7 @@ msgstr ""
"shell."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5852,13 +5852,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mislukt of na de installatie resulteren in problemen met het nieuwe systeem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Ontbrekende firmware laden"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5873,7 +5873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmware enkel nodig om geavanceerde functies te kunnen gebruiken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5892,7 +5892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zal de stuurprogrammamodule opnieuw geladen worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5911,7 +5911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"worden vanaf een MMC- of SD-kaart.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5923,7 +5923,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apparaat niet nodig is tijdens de installatie."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5947,13 +5947,13 @@ msgstr ""
"zoeken naar <quote>firmware</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Een medium voorbereiden"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5980,7 +5980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"te worden."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5996,7 +5996,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pak het op het bestandssysteem van het medium uit."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -6012,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volledig en kan ook pakketten bevatten die geen firmware zijn:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -6024,13 +6024,13 @@ msgstr ""
"de leverancier van de hardware."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware en een geïnstalleerd systeem"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -6049,7 +6049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"geladen kan worden wegens een versieverschil."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -6066,7 +6066,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beschikbaar wordt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -6079,7 +6079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/nn/installation-howto.po b/po/nn/installation-howto.po
index 4873ed489..a30519a31 100644
--- a/po/nn/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/nn/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-08 20:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian nynorsk <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -341,25 +341,24 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/nn/using-d-i.po b/po/nn/using-d-i.po
index ee5f9d741..f89a9d639 100644
--- a/po/nn/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/nn/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-25 19:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian nynorsk <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1092,99 +1092,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1193,13 +1107,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1209,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1220,7 +1134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1229,7 +1143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1240,13 +1154,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1256,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1269,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1279,7 +1193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1287,14 +1201,100 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
+msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1337,13 +1337,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1373,38 +1373,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1414,13 +1414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1429,13 +1429,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1454,37 +1454,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1525,14 +1525,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1556,13 +1556,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1570,19 +1570,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1590,13 +1590,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1608,14 +1608,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1684,73 +1684,73 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1827,13 +1827,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1932,13 +1932,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2019,97 +2019,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2117,19 +2117,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2137,13 +2137,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2270,13 +2270,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2358,43 +2358,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2419,13 +2419,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -2497,13 +2497,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2519,13 +2519,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2535,13 +2535,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -2563,25 +2563,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2591,13 +2591,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2622,13 +2622,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2642,7 +2642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2730,13 +2730,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -2798,13 +2798,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -2814,13 +2814,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2872,13 +2872,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -2931,13 +2931,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3003,26 +3003,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3041,13 +3041,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3098,13 +3098,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3250,13 +3250,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3266,13 +3266,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3294,13 +3294,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3311,19 +3311,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3350,13 +3350,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3385,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3399,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3414,13 +3414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3440,13 +3440,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3475,13 +3475,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -3493,13 +3493,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3517,13 +3517,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3532,13 +3532,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3548,13 +3548,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3564,13 +3564,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3579,13 +3579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3595,13 +3595,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3614,13 +3614,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3630,7 +3630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3655,13 +3655,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3679,13 +3679,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -3710,7 +3710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -3720,13 +3720,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -3764,13 +3764,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -3801,13 +3801,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -3826,13 +3826,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3841,13 +3841,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3867,13 +3867,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -3889,13 +3889,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -3946,13 +3946,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4000,7 +4000,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4097,13 +4097,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -4137,7 +4137,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -4160,13 +4160,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -4212,13 +4212,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot
index 8c2c71bb1..c9942403e 100644
--- a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot
+++ b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -341,25 +341,24 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
index 4fc5bd9af..fb4e15781 100644
--- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
+++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1092,99 +1092,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1193,13 +1107,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1209,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1220,7 +1134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1229,7 +1143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1240,13 +1154,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1256,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1269,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1279,7 +1193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1287,14 +1201,100 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
+msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1337,13 +1337,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1373,38 +1373,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1414,13 +1414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1429,13 +1429,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1454,37 +1454,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1525,14 +1525,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1556,13 +1556,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1570,19 +1570,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1590,13 +1590,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1608,14 +1608,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1684,73 +1684,73 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1827,13 +1827,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1932,13 +1932,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2019,97 +2019,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2117,19 +2117,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2137,13 +2137,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2270,13 +2270,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2358,43 +2358,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2419,13 +2419,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -2497,13 +2497,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2519,13 +2519,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2535,13 +2535,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -2563,25 +2563,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2591,13 +2591,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2622,13 +2622,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2642,7 +2642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2730,13 +2730,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -2798,13 +2798,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -2814,13 +2814,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2872,13 +2872,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -2931,13 +2931,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3003,26 +3003,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3041,13 +3041,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3098,13 +3098,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3250,13 +3250,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3266,13 +3266,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3294,13 +3294,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3311,19 +3311,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3350,13 +3350,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3385,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3399,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3414,13 +3414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3440,13 +3440,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3475,13 +3475,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -3493,13 +3493,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3517,13 +3517,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3532,13 +3532,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3548,13 +3548,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3564,13 +3564,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3579,13 +3579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3595,13 +3595,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3614,13 +3614,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3630,7 +3630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3655,13 +3655,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3679,13 +3679,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -3710,7 +3710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -3720,13 +3720,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -3764,13 +3764,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -3801,13 +3801,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -3826,13 +3826,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3841,13 +3841,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3867,13 +3867,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -3889,13 +3889,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -3946,13 +3946,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4000,7 +4000,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4097,13 +4097,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -4137,7 +4137,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -4160,13 +4160,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -4212,13 +4212,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/pt/installation-howto.po b/po/pt/installation-howto.po
index 208bb4280..22bcb0cef 100644
--- a/po/pt/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/pt/installation-howto.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto 24602\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-08 20:59+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n"
@@ -468,6 +468,39 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"A definição do relógio e do fuso horário é seguida da criação das contas de "
+"utilizador. Por predefinição é lhe pedido para indicar uma palavra-passe "
+"para a conta <quote>root</quote> (administrador) e a informação necessária "
+"para criar uma conta de utilizador normal. Se não especificar uma palavra-"
+"passe para o utilizador <quote>root</quote> esta conta será desabilitada mas "
+"o pacote <command>sudo</command> será instalado posteriormente para permitir "
+"que sejam executadas as tarefas administrativas no seu novo sistema. Por "
+"omissão, à primeira conta de utilizador criada no sistema ser-lhe-á "
+"permitido utilizar o comando <command>sudo</command> para se tornar root."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -482,30 +515,6 @@ msgstr ""
"país tiver vários fusos horários."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"A definição do relógio e do fuso horário é seguida da criação das contas de "
-"utilizador. Por predefinição é lhe pedido para indicar uma palavra-passe "
-"para a conta <quote>root</quote> (administrador) e a informação necessária "
-"para criar uma conta de utilizador normal. Se não especificar uma palavra-"
-"passe para o utilizador <quote>root</quote> esta conta será desabilitada mas "
-"o pacote <command>sudo</command> será instalado posteriormente para permitir "
-"que sejam executadas as tarefas administrativas no seu novo sistema. Por "
-"omissão, à primeira conta de utilizador criada no sistema ser-lhe-á "
-"permitido utilizar o comando <command>sudo</command> para se tornar root."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
index aabdf7429..cda463828 100644
--- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-09 20:22+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
@@ -1484,126 +1484,13 @@ msgstr ""
"NDP, parâmetros adicionais através de DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configurar o Relógio e o Fuso Horário"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeiro o instalador irá tentar ligar-se a um servidor de horas na Internet "
-"(utilizando o protocolo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) de modo a acertar "
-"correctamente o relógio. Se isto não for possível, o instalador irá assumir "
-"que a data e a hora obtidos do relógio do sistema, quando o sistema de "
-"instalação foi iniciado, estão correctos. Não é possível definir acertar, "
-"manualmente, a hora durante o processo de instalação."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "O instalador não altera o relógio do sistema na plataforma S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Dependendo da localização escolhida anteriormente no processo de instalação, "
-"poder-lhe-á ser mostrada uma lista de fusos horários relevantes para essa "
-"localização. Se a sua localização tiver apenas um fuso horário e estiver a "
-"fazer uma instalação normal, não lhe será perguntado nada e o sistema "
-"assumirá esse fuso horário."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"No modo avançado ou quando instalar em prioridade média, terá a opção "
-"adicional de escolher <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) como "
-"fuso horário."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Se por alguma razão quiser definir um fuso horário para o sistema instalado "
-"que <emphasis>não</emphasis> coincida com a localização escolhida, existem "
-"duas opções."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"A opção mais simples é escolher um fuso horário diferente depois da "
-"instalação estar terminada e ter arrancado no novo sistema. O comando para "
-"fazer isto é:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Em alternativa, o fuso horário pode ser definido mesmo no inicio da "
-"instalação ao passar o parâmetro <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</"
-"replaceable></userinput> no arranque do sistema de instalação. O valor claro "
-"que deve ser um fuso horário válido, por exemplo <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput> ou <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Para instalações automatizadas o fuso horário pode ser definido para "
-"qualquer valor desejado utilizando 'preseeding'."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1616,13 +1503,13 @@ msgstr ""
"estar concluída."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1637,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possível."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1654,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possa ser adivinhada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1667,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1684,13 +1571,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>sudo</command> para se tornar root."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1704,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seu o acesso pessoal."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1725,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"for novo para si."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1740,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1750,13 +1637,126 @@ msgstr ""
"utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Configurar o Relógio e o Fuso Horário"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro o instalador irá tentar ligar-se a um servidor de horas na Internet "
+"(utilizando o protocolo <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) de modo a acertar "
+"correctamente o relógio. Se isto não for possível, o instalador irá assumir "
+"que a data e a hora obtidos do relógio do sistema, quando o sistema de "
+"instalação foi iniciado, estão correctos. Não é possível definir acertar, "
+"manualmente, a hora durante o processo de instalação."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "O instalador não altera o relógio do sistema na plataforma S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da localização escolhida anteriormente no processo de instalação, "
+"poder-lhe-á ser mostrada uma lista de fusos horários relevantes para essa "
+"localização. Se a sua localização tiver apenas um fuso horário e estiver a "
+"fazer uma instalação normal, não lhe será perguntado nada e o sistema "
+"assumirá esse fuso horário."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo avançado ou quando instalar em prioridade média, terá a opção "
+"adicional de escolher <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) como "
+"fuso horário."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Se por alguma razão quiser definir um fuso horário para o sistema instalado "
+"que <emphasis>não</emphasis> coincida com a localização escolhida, existem "
+"duas opções."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"A opção mais simples é escolher um fuso horário diferente depois da "
+"instalação estar terminada e ter arrancado no novo sistema. O comando para "
+"fazer isto é:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Em alternativa, o fuso horário pode ser definido mesmo no inicio da "
+"instalação ao passar o parâmetro <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</"
+"replaceable></userinput> no arranque do sistema de instalação. O valor claro "
+"que deve ser um fuso horário válido, por exemplo <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput> ou <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Para instalações automatizadas o fuso horário pode ser definido para "
+"qualquer valor desejado utilizando 'preseeding'."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tais como RAID, LVM e dispositivos encriptados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mais detalhes, veja o <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disco inacessíveis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1822,13 +1822,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partir do menu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Opções de particionamento suportadas"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particionamento, sistemas de ficheiros e dispositivos de blocos avançados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr ""
"razoáveis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1872,31 +1872,31 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizados em conjunto."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Gestão de Volumes Lógicos (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID por software"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "São suportados os níveis de RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 e 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Encriptação"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1919,13 +1919,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">nosso Wiki</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1937,13 +1937,13 @@ msgstr ""
"activado quando o instalador arrancar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "São suportados os seguintes sistemas de ficheiros."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1969,37 +1969,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ext2 quando for utilizado o particionamento assistido."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (não disponível em todas as arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "O sistma de ficheiros pre-definido é UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (não disponível em todas as arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ressalvas:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"neste pool utilizando o comando <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que o GRUB de arrancar o seu sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GRUB arranque o seu sistema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitecturas)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2082,13 +2082,13 @@ msgstr ""
"reiserfs</classname>. Apenas é suportada a versão 3 do sistema de ficheiros."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2098,13 +2098,13 @@ msgstr ""
"novas partições jffs2."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2114,19 +2114,19 @@ msgstr ""
"de montagem. Não é possível criar novas partições qnx4."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (apenas-leitura)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2136,13 +2136,13 @@ msgstr ""
"lhes pontos de montagem. Não é possível criar novas partições NTFS."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento Guiado"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr ""
"crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arquitecturas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seus dados pessoais."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tamanho do seu disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"você está acostumado. O tamanho dos discos pode ajudar a identificá-los."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fim; quando utilizar LVM (encriptado) isto não é possível. </phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2273,73 +2273,73 @@ msgstr ""
"espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Espaço mínimo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Partições criadas"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partição /home separada"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Partições /home, /var e /tmp separadas"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dentro da partição LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formatação para manualmente definir uma partição como ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partições formatadas e onde serão montadas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2459,13 +2459,13 @@ msgstr ""
"propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento Manual"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; será tema do resto desta secção."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debaixo do disco seleccionado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"novamente ao ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ext3 e swap. Este menu permite-lhe ainda apagar uma partição."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"isto e não o deixará continuar até que aloque uma."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2618,13 +2618,13 @@ msgstr ""
"os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configurar Dispositivos Multidisk (Software RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2645,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2772,55 +2772,55 @@ msgstr ""
"variablelist> Para resumir:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Espaço Disponível"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>não</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2828,43 +2828,43 @@ msgstr ""
"no RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "opcional"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2874,19 +2874,19 @@ msgstr ""
"no RAID menos um)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2896,13 +2896,13 @@ msgstr ""
"no RAID menos dois)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"definido para dois)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que seleccionar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formaram o MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3015,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"até que corrija o problema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partições activas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partições activas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que todas as cópias possam ser distribuídas em discos diferentes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr ""
"muito fiável de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3090,13 +3090,13 @@ msgstr ""
"habituais."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3133,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3154,7 +3154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuração de LVM!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3212,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3222,43 +3222,43 @@ msgstr ""
"estrutura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Criar volume lógico"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Apagar volume lógico"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3268,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3290,13 +3290,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deverá tratá-las como tal)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"caracteres aleatórios."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chave."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3383,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partição."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3394,7 +3394,7 @@ msgstr ""
"físicos de LVM)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3408,13 +3408,13 @@ msgstr ""
"escolhidos com a segurança em mente."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3440,13 +3440,13 @@ msgstr ""
"século XXI."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3460,13 +3460,13 @@ msgstr ""
"desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3484,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"repetidos nos dados encriptados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3499,25 +3499,25 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmos mais recentes."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Frase-chave"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3531,13 +3531,13 @@ msgstr ""
"frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Chave aleatória"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3575,13 +3575,13 @@ msgstr ""
"escritos para a partição de swap."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3602,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dados mesmo após várias escritas na media magneto-óptica. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3621,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pode demorar algum tempo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3686,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cada partição a ser encriptada."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@ msgstr ""
"valores por omissão não lhe servirem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3730,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"posteriormente coberto em <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3740,13 +3740,13 @@ msgstr ""
"instalação."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3776,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3788,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalação foi feita através de uma consola série."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a partir de uma lista de kernels disponíveis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalados em conjunto com esse software."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3833,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr ""
"descrita acima apenas tem efeito após este ponto do processo de instalação."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3854,13 +3854,13 @@ msgstr ""
"computador ou uma ligação de rede lentos."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Configurar o apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacotes e verificação de estado) num interface simpático com o utilizador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ficheiro ao seu gosto após a instalação estar completa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de actualizações <quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3942,13 +3942,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arquivo."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Instalar a partir de mais do que um CD ou DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3962,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"desejará fazer isto para que o instalador utilize os pacotes incluídos neles."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3977,7 +3977,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etapa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3991,7 +3991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dos pacotes incluídos nos últimos CDs do conjunto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ msgstr ""
"das necessidades."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4026,13 +4026,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pesquisá-los por ordem ascendente irá reduzir a hipótese de erros."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Utilizar um 'mirror' de rede"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@ msgstr ""
"resposta pré-definida deve estar bem, mas existem algumas excepções."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"próxima etapa da instalação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4083,7 +4083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reiniciado para o novo sistema)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"explicado na secção anterior. A utilização de um 'mirror' de rede é opcional."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comprometer a segurança ou a estabilidade do sistema instalado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4129,26 +4129,26 @@ msgstr ""
"'mirror' de rede depende de"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "das tarefas que escolher na próxima etapa da instalação,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "cujos pacotes são necessários para essas tarefas,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "dos quais estão presentes nos CDs ou DVDs que pesquisou, e"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mirror de actualizações security ou de stable-updates)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4174,13 +4174,13 @@ msgstr ""
"stable-updates e se esses serviços tiverem sido configurados."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Escolher um 'mirror' de rede"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4197,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"escolha."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4213,7 +4213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"parentesis rectos, por exemplo <quote>[2001:db8::1]</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4242,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"rápido."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4261,13 +4261,13 @@ msgstr ""
"perto de si capaz de IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4285,7 +4285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"executar várias tarefas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4301,22 +4301,22 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Estas tarefas "
-"representam um número de trabalhos diferentes ou coisas que deseja fazer com "
-"o seu computador, tais como <quote>Ambiente Desktop</quote>, <quote>Servidor "
-"Web</quote>, ou <quote>Servidor de Impressão</quote>><footnote> <para> Você "
-"deve saber que para apresentar esta lista, o instalador apenas invoca o "
-"programa <command>tasksel</command>. Isto pode ser corrido em qualquer "
-"altura após a instalação para instalar (ou remover) mais pacotes, ou pode "
-"usar uma ferramenta mais elaborada tal como o <command>aptitude</command>. "
-"Se está à procura de um pacote específico, após a instalação estar completa, "
-"simplesmente corra <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>pacote</"
-"replaceable></userinput>, onde <replaceable>pacote</replaceable> é o nome do "
-"pacote de que está à procura. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
-"size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis."
+"Estas tarefas representam um número de trabalhos diferentes ou coisas que "
+"deseja fazer com o seu computador, tais como <quote>Ambiente Desktop</"
+"quote>, <quote>Servidor Web</quote>, ou <quote>Servidor de Impressão</"
+"quote>><footnote> <para> Você deve saber que para apresentar esta lista, o "
+"instalador apenas invoca o programa <command>tasksel</command>. Isto pode "
+"ser corrido em qualquer altura após a instalação para instalar (ou remover) "
+"mais pacotes, ou pode usar uma ferramenta mais elaborada tal como o "
+"<command>aptitude</command>. Se está à procura de um pacote específico, após "
+"a instalação estar completa, simplesmente corra <userinput>aptitude install "
+"<replaceable>pacote</replaceable></userinput>, onde <replaceable>pacote</"
+"replaceable> é o nome do pacote de que está à procura. </para> </footnote>. "
+"<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para "
+"as tarefas disponíveis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4329,7 +4329,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar nenhuma tarefa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4349,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trabalho gráfico."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"combinações de ambientes de trabalho poderão não ser coinstalaveis."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4385,7 +4385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uma imagem de DVD ou qualquer outro método de instalação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<classname>cups</classname>; Servidor SSH: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4413,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queira mesmo um sistema minimalista."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4434,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponíveis)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4448,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informação do utilizador irá pedi-la durante este processo."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4466,7 +4466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4485,13 +4485,13 @@ msgstr ""
"antiga."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Tornar o Sistema de Arranque"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4506,13 +4506,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4528,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"adição ao &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4545,13 +4545,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mais informações."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4568,19 +4568,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4593,7 +4593,7 @@ msgstr ""
"experientes."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4617,13 +4617,13 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizar."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4640,7 +4640,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4654,7 +4654,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4664,13 +4664,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>LILO</command>."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4680,13 +4680,13 @@ msgstr ""
"de arranque."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "nova partição &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4698,13 +4698,13 @@ msgstr ""
"gestor de arranque secundário."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Outra escolha"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4717,7 +4717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"como <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4733,14 +4733,14 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizar outro método para voltar ao &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4769,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4787,13 +4787,13 @@ msgstr ""
"contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4812,13 +4812,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conteúdo anterior!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4848,13 +4848,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4866,13 +4866,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4886,13 +4886,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4907,13 +4907,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4926,13 +4926,13 @@ msgstr ""
"seja executado."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4946,13 +4946,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4973,13 +4973,13 @@ msgstr ""
"iniciar o &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4994,7 +4994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"clones da Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -5004,13 +5004,13 @@ msgstr ""
"controle do processo de arranque."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5027,13 +5027,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>ZIPL</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5065,13 +5065,13 @@ msgstr ""
"instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Tornar o sistema de arranque com flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5092,7 +5092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necessárias."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5110,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"normalmente sobreescreve o conteúdo anterior da memória flash."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5125,13 +5125,13 @@ msgstr ""
"automático sem iteração do utilizador."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5144,7 +5144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gestor de arranque existente)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5166,13 +5166,13 @@ msgstr ""
"numa partição separada."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Terminar a Instalação"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5184,13 +5184,13 @@ msgstr ""
"arrumar tudo após o &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Configurar o Relógio do Sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5204,7 +5204,7 @@ msgstr ""
"outros sistemas operativos estão instalados."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5223,7 +5223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"local em vez de UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5235,13 +5235,13 @@ msgstr ""
"da selecção que foi acabada de fazer."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Reiniciar o Sistema"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5253,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no seu novo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5267,13 +5267,13 @@ msgstr ""
"primeiras etapas da instalação."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Resolução de problemas"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5285,13 +5285,13 @@ msgstr ""
"utilizador no caso de algo correr mal."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5303,7 +5303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5319,13 +5319,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5351,13 +5351,13 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "Para o instalador gráfico veja também <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5373,7 +5373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5391,7 +5391,7 @@ msgstr ""
"agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5415,7 +5415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5429,13 +5429,13 @@ msgstr ""
"não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5453,7 +5453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5476,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"com SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurar a rede."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5509,7 +5509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"remotamente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5521,7 +5521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"poderá escolher outro componente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5553,7 +5553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de confirmar se é o correcto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5578,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pode, ou não, conseguir retomar a instalação após ligar novamente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5600,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"recuperado), por isso deve apenas ser utilizado quando for necessário."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5624,7 +5624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"replaceable>&gt;</command> </para> </footnote> e tentar novamente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5644,7 +5644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5660,13 +5660,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema instalado."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Carregar Firmware em Falta"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5681,7 +5681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"falta e for apenas necessário para habilitar funcionalidades adicionais."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5700,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr ""
"será novamente carregado."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5719,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5731,7 +5731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necessário durante a instalação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5754,13 +5754,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Preparar um meio"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5785,7 +5785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ser suportado durante as etapas iniciais da instalação."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5801,7 +5801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lançamento correcto e descompacte-o para o sistema de ficheiros na media."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5817,7 +5817,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conter pacotes que não sejam de firmware:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5829,13 +5829,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemas já instalados ou a partir de um fabricante de hardware."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Firmware e o Sistema Instalado"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5854,7 +5854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"devido à diferença de versão."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5870,7 +5870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente se estiver disponível uma nova versão."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5882,7 +5882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"até o (pacote de) firmware ser instalado manualmente."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/ro/installation-howto.po b/po/ro/installation-howto.po
index 6f552297d..dd72cab0b 100644
--- a/po/ro/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/ro/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-08 20:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -341,25 +341,24 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
index ddce752f4..155db57a4 100644
--- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1488,14 +1488,123 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
+"the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other "
+"user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
+"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your "
+"system. The root account should only be used to perform system "
+"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
+"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation "
+"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
+"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
+"information which could be guessed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
+"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
+"administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
+"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your "
+"personal login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
+"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might "
+"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; "
+"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to "
+"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on "
+"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; "
+"consider reading one if it is new to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
+"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
+"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
+"prompted for a password for this account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
+"use the <command>adduser</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Configuring the Clock"
msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Configurarea ceasului"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
@@ -1513,13 +1622,13 @@ msgstr ""
"instalării nu este posibilă."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
#, no-c-format
msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, "
@@ -1538,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemul va folosi acel fus orar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
@@ -1547,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
@@ -1559,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"două opțiuni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
@@ -1575,14 +1684,14 @@ msgstr ""
"lucru este:"
#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
#, no-c-format
msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
# trebuie să testez dacă EET e valid, în loc de UTC
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
@@ -1598,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<userinput>Europe/Bucharest</userinput> sau <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using "
@@ -1611,122 +1720,13 @@ msgstr ""
"preconfigurare."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
-"the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other "
-"user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Set the Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
-"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your "
-"system. The root account should only be used to perform system "
-"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
-"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation "
-"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
-"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
-"information which could be guessed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
-"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
-"administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
-"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
-"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
-"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
-"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
-"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your "
-"personal login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
-"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might "
-"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; "
-"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to "
-"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on "
-"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; "
-"consider reading one if it is new to you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
-"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
-"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
-"prompted for a password for this account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
-"use the <command>adduser</command> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partiționarea și selectarea punctelor de montare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"imposibil accesul la datele de pe acel disc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1793,14 +1793,14 @@ msgstr ""
"automat, alegeți din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Created partitions"
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Partiții create"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1830,39 +1830,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1872,13 +1872,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1887,13 +1887,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all "
@@ -1923,19 +1923,19 @@ msgstr ""
"toate arhitecturile."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all "
@@ -1946,13 +1946,13 @@ msgstr ""
"toate arhitecturile."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1993,14 +1993,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2010,13 +2010,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2024,13 +2024,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2038,19 +2038,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2058,13 +2058,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Schema de partiționare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr ""
# XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string?
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de dimensiunea discului."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cere să confirmați aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) "
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr ""
"identificarea lor."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will "
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2211,74 +2211,74 @@ msgstr ""
"eșua."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Schema de partiționare"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Spațiu minim"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Partiții create"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Toate fișierele pe o partiție"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MO"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Partiție /home separată"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MO"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Partiții /home, /usr, /var și /tmp separate"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partiției LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"EFI."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"formatate și dacă vor fi montate."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partiționarea manuală."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2401,13 +2401,13 @@ msgstr ""
"propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiționarea manuală."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Schema de partiționare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secțiuni."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"selectat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"și să ștergeți o partiție."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lăsa să continuați până nu corectați această problemă."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2531,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr ""
"continuați până când nu alocați una."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2563,13 +2563,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sistemele de fișiere ar trebui create așa cum s-a cerut."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software</firstterm></quote>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@ msgstr ""
"montare, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2712,55 +2712,55 @@ msgstr ""
"variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipul"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Minim de dispozitive"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Supraviețuiește la un defect de disc?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Spațiu disponibil"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
@@ -2768,43 +2768,43 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "opțional"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>da</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiții din RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2814,20 +2814,20 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID minus unu)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2840,14 +2840,14 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID minus unu)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
# nu-mi place deloc cum e tradus; aștept sugestii
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr ""
"două)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr ""
# nu-mi place traducerea pentru stripped
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> poate fi o variantă posibilă."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr ""
"depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2941,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"selectați partițiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number "
@@ -2970,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"problema."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> partiții active."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> partiții active."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3013,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr ""
"active astfel încât copiile să fie distribuite pe discuri diferite."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(partiție de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3046,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr ""
"precum punctele de montare."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"legături simbolice, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fi bine să citiți <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Rețetarul LVM</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3140,7 +3140,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Acțiunile posibile sunt:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3168,43 +3168,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3212,7 +3212,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"și și apoi creați volumele logice în interiorul acestuia."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3234,13 +3234,13 @@ msgstr ""
"obișnuite (și ar trebui tratate ca atare)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Configurarea volumelor criptate"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3262,7 +3262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"datele de pe disc vor părea a fi caractere aleatoare."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fișiere criptat."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3307,7 +3307,7 @@ msgstr ""
# trebuie verificate numele meniurilor cu ce e în D-I
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acea partiție."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr ""
# trebuie verificate opțiunile din meniu dacă sunt în concordanță cu textul
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3351,13 +3351,13 @@ msgstr ""
"în vedere securitatea."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Criptare: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3383,14 +3383,14 @@ msgstr ""
"protejarea datelor confidențiale în secolul 21."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Dimensiunea cheii: <userinput>256</userinput>"
# mi-ar plăcea o altă traducere pentru 'strength'
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3404,14 +3404,14 @@ msgstr ""
"dimensiuni de chei depinde de algoritmul de criptare."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Algoritmul VI: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr ""
"șabloane repetate în datele criptate."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3444,25 +3444,25 @@ msgstr ""
"algoritmii mai noi."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Cheia de criptare: <userinput>Parolă-frază</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Aici puteți alege tipul de cheie de criptare pentru această partiție."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Parolă-frază"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3477,13 +3477,13 @@ msgstr ""
"procesului."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Cheie aleatoare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifrare.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3515,13 +3515,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3535,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3547,7 +3547,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3558,7 +3558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3623,13 +3623,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3639,7 +3639,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3656,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3665,7 +3665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3687,7 +3687,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3697,13 +3697,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3713,13 +3713,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3748,7 +3748,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3771,13 +3771,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3807,7 +3807,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3830,13 +3830,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3845,7 +3845,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3857,7 +3857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -3880,7 +3880,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -3891,7 +3891,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3902,26 +3902,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3940,14 +3940,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Alegerea tastaturii"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3998,13 +3998,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4016,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4034,7 +4034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4043,7 +4043,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4059,7 +4059,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4083,7 +4083,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4092,7 +4092,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4103,7 +4103,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4116,7 +4116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4126,7 +4126,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4138,7 +4138,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4150,13 +4150,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4166,13 +4166,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4194,13 +4194,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4211,19 +4211,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4232,7 +4232,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4250,13 +4250,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4277,7 +4277,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4285,13 +4285,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4299,14 +4299,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Created partitions"
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "Partiții create"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4315,13 +4315,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4341,13 +4341,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4376,13 +4376,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4394,13 +4394,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4418,13 +4418,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4433,13 +4433,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4449,13 +4449,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4465,13 +4465,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4480,13 +4480,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4496,13 +4496,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4515,13 +4515,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4531,7 +4531,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4539,13 +4539,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4556,13 +4556,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4580,13 +4580,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4599,7 +4599,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4611,7 +4611,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4621,13 +4621,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4636,7 +4636,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4650,13 +4650,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -4665,13 +4665,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -4681,7 +4681,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -4693,7 +4693,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -4702,13 +4702,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -4717,7 +4717,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -4727,13 +4727,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4742,13 +4742,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4757,7 +4757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4768,13 +4768,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4790,13 +4790,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4807,7 +4807,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4819,7 +4819,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4828,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4837,7 +4837,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4847,13 +4847,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4879,7 +4879,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4887,7 +4887,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4901,7 +4901,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4910,7 +4910,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -4945,7 +4945,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4974,7 +4974,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4998,13 +4998,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5026,7 +5026,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5038,7 +5038,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5047,7 +5047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5061,13 +5061,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5082,7 +5082,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5093,7 +5093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5104,7 +5104,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5113,13 +5113,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5131,7 +5131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5142,7 +5142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5151,7 +5151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/ru/installation-howto.po b/po/ru/installation-howto.po
index cd4d30a67..8a610d549 100644
--- a/po/ru/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/ru/installation-howto.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-21 09:53+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -460,6 +460,39 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
+#| "accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
+#| "create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
+#| "<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
+#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
+#| "first user created on the system will be allowed to use the "
+#| "<command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+"После настройки времени и часового пояса создаются учётные записи "
+"пользователей. По умолчанию, вам нужно задать пароль для учётной записи "
+"<quote>root</quote> (администратор) и данные, необходимые для создания одной "
+"обычной пользовательской учётной записи. Если вы не укажите пароль для "
+"пользователя <quote>root</quote>, то эта учётная запись будет заблокирована, "
+"но вместо неё будет установлен пакет <command>sudo</command>, с помощью "
+"которого вы сможете выполнять задачи управления новой системой. По умолчанию "
+"первому созданному в системе пользователю будет разрешено использовать "
+"команду <command>sudo</command> для получения административных прав."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
@@ -474,30 +507,6 @@ msgstr ""
"расположена в нескольких часовых поясах."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-"После настройки времени и часового пояса создаются учётные записи "
-"пользователей. По умолчанию, вам нужно задать пароль для учётной записи "
-"<quote>root</quote> (администратор) и данные, необходимые для создания одной "
-"обычной пользовательской учётной записи. Если вы не укажите пароль для "
-"пользователя <quote>root</quote>, то эта учётная запись будет заблокирована, "
-"но вместо неё будет установлен пакет <command>sudo</command>, с помощью "
-"которого вы сможете выполнять задачи управления новой системой. По умолчанию "
-"первому созданному в системе пользователю будет разрешено использовать "
-"команду <command>sudo</command> для получения административных прав."
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
index 99d96bee3..1e46183ab 100644
--- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-22 19:02+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1462,122 +1462,13 @@ msgstr ""
"адреса с помощью NDP, дополнительные параметры с помощью DHCPv6)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Настройка времени и часового пояса"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала программа установки попытается подключиться к серверу времени в "
-"Интернете (по протоколу <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>), чтобы выставить "
-"правильное системное время. Если это не удаётся, то программа установки "
-"будет считать правильными время и дату, полученные с системных часов при "
-"загрузке программы установки. В процессе установки невозможно выставить "
-"системное время вручную."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "Программа установки не изменяет системные часы платформе S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"В зависимости от места, выбранного ранее в процессе установки, вам может "
-"быть показан список часовых поясов, возможных в вашей географической точке. "
-"Если в вашей местности только один часовой пояс и вы выполняете установку по "
-"умолчанию, то вопрос задан не будет и система выберет этот часовой пояс."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"В экспертном режиме или при установке со средним приоритетом вам будет "
-"предложено выбрать <quote>Универсальное координированное время </quote> "
-"(UTC) в качестве часового пояса."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Если по какой-то причине вы хотите установить часовой пояс для "
-"устанавливаемой системы, который <emphasis>не</emphasis> является правильным "
-"в выбранном местонахождении, то есть два способа сделать это."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Простой способ: выберите другой часовой пояс после завершения установки и "
-"загрузки в новую систему. Это можно сделать с помощью следующей команды:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Второй способ: часовой пояс может быть задан при загрузке программы "
-"установки с помощью параметра <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>значение</"
-"replaceable></userinput>. Значение должно быть правильным часовым поясом, "
-"например <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> или <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Для автоматизации установки часовой пояс может быть задан в файле ответов."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1589,13 +1480,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Дополнительные учётные записи можно будет создать после завершения установки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1610,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr ""
"время."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1626,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"персональной информации, которую можно угадать."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1639,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"администраторами."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1656,13 +1547,13 @@ msgstr ""
"root."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1677,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"персональной учётной записи."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1698,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1711,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1721,13 +1612,122 @@ msgstr ""
"запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Настройка времени и часового пояса"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала программа установки попытается подключиться к серверу времени в "
+"Интернете (по протоколу <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>), чтобы выставить "
+"правильное системное время. Если это не удаётся, то программа установки "
+"будет считать правильными время и дату, полученные с системных часов при "
+"загрузке программы установки. В процессе установки невозможно выставить "
+"системное время вручную."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "Программа установки не изменяет системные часы платформе S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от места, выбранного ранее в процессе установки, вам может "
+"быть показан список часовых поясов, возможных в вашей географической точке. "
+"Если в вашей местности только один часовой пояс и вы выполняете установку по "
+"умолчанию, то вопрос задан не будет и система выберет этот часовой пояс."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"В экспертном режиме или при установке со средним приоритетом вам будет "
+"предложено выбрать <quote>Универсальное координированное время </quote> "
+"(UTC) в качестве часового пояса."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Если по какой-то причине вы хотите установить часовой пояс для "
+"устанавливаемой системы, который <emphasis>не</emphasis> является правильным "
+"в выбранном местонахождении, то есть два способа сделать это."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Простой способ: выберите другой часовой пояс после завершения установки и "
+"загрузки в новую систему. Это можно сделать с помощью следующей команды:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Второй способ: часовой пояс может быть задан при загрузке программы "
+"установки с помощью параметра <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>значение</"
+"replaceable></userinput>. Значение должно быть правильным часовым поясом, "
+"например <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> или <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Для автоматизации установки часовой пояс может быть задан в файле ответов."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr ""
"настройка RAID, LVM или шифрованных устройств."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"процесса, смотрите <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"станут недоступными."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1791,13 +1791,13 @@ msgstr ""
"меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Поддерживаемые параметры разметки"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"системы и расширенные блочные устройства."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr ""
"по умолчанию будут использоваться."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1841,31 +1841,31 @@ msgstr ""
"использовать совместно."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Управление логическими томами (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Программный RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Поддерживается RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 и 10 уровня."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Шифрование"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1888,14 +1888,14 @@ msgstr ""
"sataraid;\">вики</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Многолучевое устройство</emphasis> (экспериментальная поддержка)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1907,13 +1907,13 @@ msgstr ""
"запуске программы установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Поддерживаются следующие файловые системы."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1939,37 +1939,37 @@ msgstr ""
"будет выбрана ext2."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (недоступна на всех архитектурах)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Файловой системой по умолчанию является UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (недоступна на всех архитектурах)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"после начальной установки, но несколько предостережений:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr ""
"пуле с помощью команды <quote>zfs create</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr ""
"так как после этого GRUB не сможет загрузить систему."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"умолчанию (lzjb), то GRUB не сможет загрузить систему."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (по выбору; недоступна на всех архитектурах)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2049,13 +2049,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Поддерживается файловая система только третьей версии."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2065,13 +2065,13 @@ msgstr ""
"новых разделов с jffs2 не поддерживается."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2081,19 +2081,19 @@ msgstr ""
"новых разделов с qnx4 не поддерживается."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (только на чтение)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2103,13 +2103,13 @@ msgstr ""
"новых разделов с NTFS не поддерживается."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Направляющая разметка"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr ""
"показанный размер."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"это невозможно.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2239,73 +2239,73 @@ msgstr ""
"завершится неудачно."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Схема разметки"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Минимальное пространство"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Создаваемые разделы"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600МБ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500МБ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /var и /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr ""
"раздела LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ручной настройки раздела в качестве ESP."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"они будут смонтированы."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2423,13 +2423,13 @@ msgstr ""
"предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Разметка вручную"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"разделы в &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr ""
"строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"главное меню <command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"исправите ошибку."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2549,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"вам продолжить, пока вы не создадите такой раздел."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2579,13 +2579,13 @@ msgstr ""
"подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Настройка устройств Multidisk (программный RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr ""
"название, <firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"точку монтирования и т.д.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2731,101 +2731,101 @@ msgstr ""
"контрольных сумм. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Минимум устройств"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Запасное устройство"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Доступное пространство"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
# index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
# index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
# index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "необязательно"
# index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>да</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2835,20 +2835,20 @@ msgstr ""
"один)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
# index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2858,13 +2858,13 @@ msgstr ""
"два)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"умолчанию два)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/</filename> и RAID1 для <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"зависят от типа выбранного MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2973,7 +2973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr ""
"использовать как минимум <emphasis>четыре</emphasis> активных раздела."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3014,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"все копии по разным дискам."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"для <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3046,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr ""
"новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"и т.д."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"системы до выполнения новой настройки нового LVM!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3167,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Возможные действия:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3177,43 +3177,43 @@ msgstr ""
"структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Создать группу томов"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Создание логических томов"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Удалить группу томов"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Удаление логических томов"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Расширить группу томов"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"логические тома."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3245,13 +3245,13 @@ msgstr ""
"они одинаково)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3301,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"параметров шифрования."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3345,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(включён в новых ядрах Linux, доступен для физических томов LVM узла)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -3359,13 +3359,13 @@ msgstr ""
"выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3390,13 +3390,13 @@ msgstr ""
"конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3410,13 +3410,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ключа зависят от шифра."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3449,25 +3449,25 @@ msgstr ""
"алгоритмы."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Ключевая фраза"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3481,13 +3481,13 @@ msgstr ""
"которую вы сможете ввести позже."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Произвольный ключ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"продолжительность жизни.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3524,13 +3524,13 @@ msgstr ""
"загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"это может занять некоторое время."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"родственников и тому подобное)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3610,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"для каждого шифруемого раздела."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"устраивают."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3686,13 +3686,13 @@ msgstr ""
"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Установка базовой системы"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3706,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"может занять определённое время."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ msgstr ""
"установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3748,7 +3748,7 @@ msgstr ""
"предложат сделать вам из списка доступных ядер."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"должны, по мнению сопровождающих, обычно устанавливаться вместе с этим ПО."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3779,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr ""
"установки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3800,13 +3800,13 @@ msgstr ""
"базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер или соединение с сетью."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Настройка apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr ""
"интерфейсе пользователя."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3853,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>stable-updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3887,13 +3887,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>non-free</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Установка с нескольких CD или DVD дисков"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"использовать пакеты с этих дисков."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3922,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"следующем этапе задач смогут быть установлены."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"некоторые люди на самом деле используют пакеты с последнего CD-диска."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3952,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"первых двух DVD хватит для большинства задач."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3969,13 +3969,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ошибку."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Использование сетевого сервера-зеркала пакетов"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3987,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"по умолчанию вполне приемлемо, но не всегда."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4005,7 +4005,7 @@ msgstr ""
"стол</literal> на следующем шаге установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4025,7 +4025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"после перезагрузки в новую систему)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4039,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Использовать сетевой сервер-зеркало в данном случае необязательно."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ущерба безопасности или стабильности устанавливаемой системы."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4069,26 +4069,26 @@ msgstr ""
"которые требуется скачать, если вы выбрали зеркало, зависит от"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "задач, которые вы выберете на следующем этапе установки,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "пакетов, которые необходимы для этих задач,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "какие из этих пакетов есть на просканированных CD/DVD, и"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4100,7 +4100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"безопасности или stable-updates)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -4114,13 +4114,13 @@ msgstr ""
"эти были сервисы настроены."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Выбор сетевого сервера-зеркала пакетов"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"выбор по умолчанию, обычно, работает хорошо."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"зеркала, доступного по IPv6, хотя оно не будет таким быстрым."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4198,13 +4198,13 @@ msgstr ""
"зеркало, поддерживающее IPv6."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4237,23 +4237,23 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"В общем, под задачей подразумеваются какие-"
-"то работы или задания, которые вы хотите выполнять на компьютере, например, "
-"использовать его как <quote>среду рабочего стола</quote>, чтобы он служил в "
-"качестве <quote>веб-сервера</quote> или <quote>сервера печати</quote> "
-"<footnote> <para> Вы должны знать, что для предоставления этого списка "
-"программа установки просто вызывает программу <command>tasksel</command>. Её "
-"можно запустить в любое время после установки, чтобы установить (или "
-"удалить) некоторые пакеты, или же вы можете воспользоваться другим более "
-"точным инструментом <command>aptitude</command>. Если вам нужен какой-то "
-"определённый пакет, то после завершения установки просто запустите "
-"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>пакет</replaceable></userinput>, "
-"где <replaceable>пакет</replaceable> &mdash; это имя требуемого пакета. </"
-"para> </footnote>. В таблице <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> показано "
-"необходимое пространство для доступных задач."
+"В общем, под задачей подразумеваются какие-то работы или задания, которые вы "
+"хотите выполнять на компьютере, например, использовать его как <quote>среду "
+"рабочего стола</quote>, чтобы он служил в качестве <quote>веб-сервера</"
+"quote> или <quote>сервера печати</quote> <footnote> <para> Вы должны знать, "
+"что для предоставления этого списка программа установки просто вызывает "
+"программу <command>tasksel</command>. Её можно запустить в любое время после "
+"установки, чтобы установить (или удалить) некоторые пакеты, или же вы можете "
+"воспользоваться другим более точным инструментом <command>aptitude</"
+"command>. Если вам нужен какой-то определённый пакет, то после завершения "
+"установки просто запустите <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>пакет</"
+"replaceable></userinput>, где <replaceable>пакет</replaceable> &mdash; это "
+"имя требуемого пакета. </para> </footnote>. В таблице <xref linkend="
+"\"tasksel-size-list\"/> показано необходимое пространство для доступных "
+"задач."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4266,7 +4266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"устанавливать с помощью задач."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"отмены задач используется клавиша пробел."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"графическое окружение рабочего стола."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4302,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"установлены одновременно."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -4321,7 +4321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"работает при использовании образа DVD или другого метода установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"classname>; сервер SSH: <classname>openssh</classname>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4349,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"работоспособную систему."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4369,7 +4369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"соответствующие пакеты локализации (если есть)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"во время данного процесса."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4400,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4418,13 +4418,13 @@ msgstr ""
"происходить, если у вас устаревший образ."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4438,13 +4438,13 @@ msgstr ""
"по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4460,7 +4460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"операционную систему в дополнении к &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4476,13 +4476,13 @@ msgstr ""
"информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4498,20 +4498,20 @@ msgstr ""
"есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4523,7 +4523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grub."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4548,14 +4548,14 @@ msgstr ""
"хотите использовать."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4572,7 +4572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4596,13 +4596,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>LILO</command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4612,13 +4612,13 @@ msgstr ""
"загрузки."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "новый раздел &debian;"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4630,13 +4630,13 @@ msgstr ""
"созданного для &debian; и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Другой"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4648,7 +4648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"использовать традиционные имена устройств типа <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4664,14 +4664,14 @@ msgstr ""
"искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4699,7 +4699,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4716,13 +4716,13 @@ msgstr ""
"диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4740,13 +4740,13 @@ msgstr ""
"установки, стерев его содержимое!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4776,13 +4776,13 @@ msgstr ""
"настройки системы."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4794,13 +4794,13 @@ msgstr ""
"указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4814,13 +4814,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4835,13 +4835,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4853,13 +4853,13 @@ msgstr ""
"будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4873,14 +4873,14 @@ msgstr ""
"ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4900,14 +4900,14 @@ msgstr ""
"OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4922,7 +4922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"на некоторых клонах Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -4932,13 +4932,13 @@ msgstr ""
"контролировать процесс загрузки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4954,14 +4954,14 @@ msgstr ""
"developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4992,13 +4992,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr "Настройка системы на загрузку с помощью flash-kernel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"действия."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5036,7 +5036,7 @@ msgstr ""
"содержимое памяти!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5051,13 +5051,13 @@ msgstr ""
"автозагрузку без действий пользователя."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5070,7 +5070,7 @@ msgstr ""
"существующий системный загрузчик)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5092,13 +5092,13 @@ msgstr ""
"то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Завершение установки"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5109,13 +5109,13 @@ msgstr ""
"установки выполнит ещё пару действий. В основном, это уборка за &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Настройка системного времени"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5129,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr ""
"машине не установлено других операционных систем."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5148,7 +5148,7 @@ msgstr ""
"время вместо UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5160,13 +5160,13 @@ msgstr ""
"выбора, который вы недавно делали."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Перезагрузка системы"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5178,7 +5178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"перезагружен в новую систему &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5192,13 +5192,13 @@ msgstr ""
"системы в самом начале установки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Устранение проблем"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5210,13 +5210,13 @@ msgstr ""
"пойдёт не так."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5228,7 +5228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installer/</filename> в новой системе &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5244,13 +5244,13 @@ msgstr ""
"протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5277,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5285,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5301,7 +5301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5319,7 +5319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"автодополнение и история команд."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5331,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr ""
"каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5343,7 +5343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"что-то заработает неправильно."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5357,13 +5357,13 @@ msgstr ""
"самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Установка по сети"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ msgstr ""
">.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5413,7 +5413,7 @@ msgstr ""
"после настройки сети."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"удалённо."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5447,7 +5447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"компоненту."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5478,7 +5478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5504,7 +5504,7 @@ msgstr ""
"переподключения."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5527,7 +5527,7 @@ msgstr ""
"нужно."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5551,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command>. </para> </footnote> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5571,7 +5571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5586,13 +5586,13 @@ msgstr ""
"завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Загрузка отсутствующих микропрограмм"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5607,7 +5607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"для предоставления дополнительных возможностей."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5626,7 +5626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"драйвером."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5643,7 +5643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"микропрограмма также загружается с карт MMC или SD.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5655,7 +5655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"время установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5677,13 +5677,13 @@ msgstr ""
"только что загруженной системе и поищите <quote>микропрограмму</quote>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Подготовка носителя"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5708,7 +5708,7 @@ msgstr ""
"скорее всего, поддерживается на самых ранних этапах установки."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5724,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"носителя."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5739,7 +5739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"также может содержать пакеты без микропрограмм:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5751,13 +5751,13 @@ msgstr ""
"поставщика оборудования."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Микропрограмма в установленной системе"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5776,7 +5776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"микропрограмма не загрузится из-за изменений ядра."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5791,7 +5791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"автоматически обновлять микропрограмму при появлении новой версии."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5803,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr ""
"пока микропрограмма (пакет) не будет установлена вручную."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/sv/installation-howto.po b/po/sv/installation-howto.po
index 03df0c1f2..e8e281149 100644
--- a/po/sv/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/sv/installation-howto.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 installation howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-30 18:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Bagge / brother <brother@bsnet.se>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
@@ -478,6 +478,20 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
@@ -490,21 +504,6 @@ msgstr ""
"endast att fråga om att välja en tidszon om ett land har flera olika zoner."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
index f41d21176..d7fafe1f9 100644
--- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-25 09:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
@@ -1485,135 +1485,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Konfigurera klockan och tidszon"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Installationsprogrammet kommer först att försöka att ansluta till en "
-"tidsserver på Internet (med <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-protokollet) för att "
-"ställa in systemtiden korrekt. Om detta inte lyckas kommer "
-"installationsprogrammet att anta att den tid och datum som hämtas från "
-"systemklockan, när installationssystemet startades upp, är korrekt. Det är "
-"inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-"Installationsprogrammet ändrar inte på systemklockan på S/390-plattformen."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, "
-#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
-#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
-#| "system will assume that time zone."
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Beroende på platsen som valdes i tidigare i installationsprocessen så kommer "
-"du kanske att bli visad en lista över tidszoner som är relevanta för den "
-"platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli "
-"tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du av någon anledning vill ställa in en tidszon för det installerade "
-"systemet som <emphasis>inte</emphasis> matchar den valda platsen så finns "
-"det två alternativ."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
-#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. "
-#| "The command to do this is:"
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det enklaste alternativet är att bara välja en annan tidszon efter att "
-"installationen har färdigställts och du har startat upp det nya systemet. "
-"Kommandot för att göra detta är:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan tidszonen ställas in i början av installationen genom att "
-"skicka parametern <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></"
-"userinput> när du startar upp installationssystemet. Värdet ska så klart "
-"vara en giltig tidszon, till exempel <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> "
-"eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-#| msgid ""
-#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using "
-#| "preseeding."
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"För automatiserade installationer kan tidszonen även ställas in med "
-"förinställning."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
@@ -1631,13 +1509,13 @@ msgstr ""
"har färdigställts."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1651,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr ""
"under en så kort tid som möjligt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1667,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"information som lätt kan gissas."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1679,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1690,13 +1568,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1710,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1731,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en sådan bok."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1746,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kontot."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1756,13 +1634,135 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Konfigurera klockan och tidszon"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet kommer först att försöka att ansluta till en "
+"tidsserver på Internet (med <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-protokollet) för att "
+"ställa in systemtiden korrekt. Om detta inte lyckas kommer "
+"installationsprogrammet att anta att den tid och datum som hämtas från "
+"systemklockan, när installationssystemet startades upp, är korrekt. Det är "
+"inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet ändrar inte på systemklockan på S/390-plattformen."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, "
+#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+#| "system will assume that time zone."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på platsen som valdes i tidigare i installationsprocessen så kommer "
+"du kanske att bli visad en lista över tidszoner som är relevanta för den "
+"platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli "
+"tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du av någon anledning vill ställa in en tidszon för det installerade "
+"systemet som <emphasis>inte</emphasis> matchar den valda platsen så finns "
+"det två alternativ."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. "
+#| "The command to do this is:"
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det enklaste alternativet är att bara välja en annan tidszon efter att "
+"installationen har färdigställts och du har startat upp det nya systemet. "
+"Kommandot för att göra detta är:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativt kan tidszonen ställas in i början av installationen genom att "
+"skicka parametern <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></"
+"userinput> när du startar upp installationssystemet. Värdet ska så klart "
+"vara en giltig tidszon, till exempel <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> "
+"eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using "
+#| "preseeding."
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"För automatiserade installationer kan tidszonen även ställas in med "
+"förinställning."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM eller RAID-enheter."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"befintligt data på disken otillgängligt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1828,13 +1828,13 @@ msgstr ""
"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Partitionsflaggor som stöds"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1867,31 +1867,31 @@ msgstr ""
"kombineras."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Logisk volymhantering (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Programvaru-RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "RAID-nivåer som stöds är 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 och 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Kryptering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (med <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1909,13 +1909,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1924,13 +1924,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Följande filsystem stöds."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1958,37 +1958,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (inte tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Standardfilsystemet är UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (inte tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (valfri; inte tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2047,13 +2047,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2061,13 +2061,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2075,19 +2075,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (skrivskyddad)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2095,13 +2095,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Guidad partitionering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arkitekturer."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disk."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) "
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will "
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inte möjligt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2245,73 +2245,73 @@ msgstr ""
"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Partitioneringsplan"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Minsta utrymme"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Skapade partitioner"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Alla filer på en partition"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Separat partition för /home"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500 MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /var och /tmp"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"att skapas inom LVM-partitionen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uppstartspartition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"var de kommer att monteras."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2435,13 +2435,13 @@ msgstr ""
"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Manuell partitionering"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2471,7 +2471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a "
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2570,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"förrän du har rättat till det."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"förrän du har allokerat en."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2617,13 +2617,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filsystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenheter (Programvaru-RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2769,98 +2769,98 @@ msgstr ""
"varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Minimum antal enheter"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Reservenhet"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Överlever diskfel?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Tillgänglig plats"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med antalet enheter i RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "valfri"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2870,19 +2870,19 @@ msgstr ""
"minus en)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2892,13 +2892,13 @@ msgstr ""
"minus två)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Totalen för alla partitioner delat med antalet delkopior (standard är två)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2917,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alternativ."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beror på den MD-typ du har valt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enheten."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fortsätta förräns du har rättat till det."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>fyra</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enheter så att var och en av kopiorna kan distribueras till olika diskar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3081,13 +3081,13 @@ msgstr ""
"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3144,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"är:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3205,43 +3205,43 @@ msgstr ""
"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Skapa logisk volym"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Minska volymgrupp"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skapa dina logiska volymer i den."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3273,13 +3273,13 @@ msgstr ""
"bör även behandla dem som det)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"slumpmässiga tecken."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"krypterad partition."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitionen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3392,13 +3392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ut med tanke på säkerhet."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3423,13 +3423,13 @@ msgstr ""
"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3443,13 +3443,13 @@ msgstr ""
"olika beroende på valt chiffer."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3467,7 +3467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"krypterat data."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3481,25 +3481,25 @@ msgstr ""
"som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Lösenfras"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr ""
"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3538,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"livstid.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3558,13 +3558,13 @@ msgstr ""
"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3605,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ta lite tid."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3622,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3646,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3669,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3714,7 +3714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inte passar för dig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3748,13 +3748,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3768,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr ""
"här ta en stund."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3823,7 +3823,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3833,13 +3833,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3854,13 +3854,13 @@ msgstr ""
"du har en långsam dator eller nätverk."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Konfigurera apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3921,7 +3921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3956,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr ""
"free</quote> i arkivet."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Installera från fler än en cd eller dvd-skiva"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3977,7 +3977,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationsprogrammet kan använda paketen som finns på dem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"att använda paketen som inkluderats på de sista skivorna i en uppsättning."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4023,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de första två skivorna täcker behovet för de flesta."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4041,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr ""
"minska chanserna för misstag."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4059,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns några undantag."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4077,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nästa steg av installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr ""
"att du har startat upp det nya systemet)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4112,7 +4112,7 @@ msgstr ""
"föregående avsnitt. Användning av en nätverksspegel är valfritt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4128,7 +4128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"säkerheten eller stabiliteten för det installerade systemet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4144,19 +4144,19 @@ msgstr ""
"spegel beror på"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "funktionera som du väljer i nästa steg av installationen,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4165,7 +4165,7 @@ msgstr ""
"igenom, samt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"paketspegel eller en spegelserver för säkerhet eller flyktiga uppdateringar)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a "
@@ -4200,14 +4200,14 @@ msgstr ""
"dessa tjänster har konfigurerats."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4218,7 +4218,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4246,7 +4246,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4258,13 +4258,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Val och installation av programvara"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4282,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4298,22 +4298,22 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"De här funktionerna "
-"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din "
-"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, "
-"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att "
-"för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt "
-"programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter "
-"installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan "
-"du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om "
-"du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, "
-"kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</"
-"replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på "
-"paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-"
-"list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
+"De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du "
+"vill utföra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, "
+"<quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> "
+"<para> Du bör känna till att för att visa den här listan, anropar "
+"installationsprogrammet helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. "
+"Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller "
+"ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg "
+"såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt "
+"paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt "
+"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, "
+"där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </"
+"para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som "
+"krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4325,7 +4325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4335,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4349,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNOME."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4360,7 +4360,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4387,7 +4387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"annan installationsmetod."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4396,7 +4396,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gör och vill ha ett mycket minimalt system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4432,7 +4432,7 @@ msgstr ""
"att installera lämpliga lokalanpassningspaket för det (om det finns några)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"från användare så kommer den att fråga dig under denna process."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4464,7 +4464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4482,13 +4482,13 @@ msgstr ""
"här att hända om du använder en äldre avbildning."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4503,13 +4503,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tillägg till &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4543,13 +4543,13 @@ msgstr ""
"information."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4565,19 +4565,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4589,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4602,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"information."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4614,13 +4614,13 @@ msgstr ""
"använda."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4637,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4651,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4661,13 +4661,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command> ska installeras:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4677,13 +4677,13 @@ msgstr ""
"uppstartsprocessen."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "Ny &debian;partition"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4695,13 +4695,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Annat val"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4714,7 +4714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4730,13 +4730,13 @@ msgstr ""
"använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4765,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uppstarten av Linux-kärnan."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4783,13 +4783,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format "
@@ -4814,13 +4814,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4850,13 +4850,13 @@ msgstr ""
"uppdateras eller konfigureras om."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4868,13 +4868,13 @@ msgstr ""
"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4888,13 +4888,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Boot Manager</quote>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4909,13 +4909,13 @@ msgstr ""
"initrd.img</filename>."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4927,13 +4927,13 @@ msgstr ""
"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör."
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4947,13 +4947,13 @@ msgstr ""
"den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4974,13 +4974,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4995,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vissa Power Computing-kloner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -5012,13 +5012,13 @@ msgstr ""
"information."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5034,13 +5034,13 @@ msgstr ""
"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5071,13 +5071,13 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5090,7 +5090,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5102,7 +5102,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5112,13 +5112,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5131,7 +5131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5153,13 +5153,13 @@ msgstr ""
"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Färdigställ installationen"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5171,13 +5171,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Ställa in systemklockan"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5191,7 +5191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"baserat på vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5221,13 +5221,13 @@ msgstr ""
"tid, beroende på det val som tidigare gjordes."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Starta om systemet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5239,7 +5239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det kommer systemet att startas om till ditt nya &debian;-system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5253,13 +5253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"stegen av installationen."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Felsökning"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5271,13 +5271,13 @@ msgstr ""
"om något går fel."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Spara installationsloggar"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5289,7 +5289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installer/</filename> på ditt nya &debian;-system."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5305,13 +5305,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dem i en installationsrapport."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5339,7 +5339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationsprogrammet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
@@ -5347,7 +5347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5364,7 +5364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationsprogrammet."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5382,7 +5382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5394,7 +5394,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5406,7 +5406,7 @@ msgstr ""
"egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5420,13 +5420,13 @@ msgstr ""
"det själv från ett skal. "
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Installation över nätverket"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5444,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5466,7 +5466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5476,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"konfiguration av nätverket."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5508,7 +5508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5520,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en annan komponent."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5552,7 +5552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5578,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anslutningen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5600,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"själv skulle ha återhämtat sig), så den ska endast användas när den behövs."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5624,7 +5624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</command>. </para> </footnote> och försöka igen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5644,7 +5644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5660,13 +5660,13 @@ msgstr ""
"eller problem med det installerade systemet."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Läsa in saknad fast programvara"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5682,7 +5682,7 @@ msgstr ""
"funktioner."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5701,7 +5701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"firmware</filename>) och drivrutinsmodulen kommer att läsas om."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5719,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"från ett MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5731,7 +5731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"behövs under installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5745,13 +5745,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Förbereda ett media"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition "
@@ -5781,7 +5781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"flesta fall stöds under de tidiga stegen av installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are "
@@ -5803,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på mediats filsystem."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5819,7 +5819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"och kan även innehålla paket som inte innehåller fast programvara:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5831,13 +5831,13 @@ msgstr ""
"redan installerat system eller från maskinvarans tillverkare."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Fast programvara och det installerade systemet"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5856,7 +5856,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som användes under installationen."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5873,7 +5873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tillgänglig."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5886,7 +5886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manuellt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/tl/installation-howto.po b/po/tl/installation-howto.po
index cdff1d905..52e708e11 100644
--- a/po/tl/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/tl/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-08 20:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Tagalog <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -341,25 +341,24 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/tl/using-d-i.po b/po/tl/using-d-i.po
index 58b14a8a5..c05431a3a 100644
--- a/po/tl/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/tl/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual_using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-25 19:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Tagalog <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1092,99 +1092,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1193,13 +1107,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1209,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1220,7 +1134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1229,7 +1143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1240,13 +1154,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1256,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1269,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1279,7 +1193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1287,14 +1201,100 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
+msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1337,13 +1337,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1373,38 +1373,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1414,13 +1414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1429,13 +1429,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1454,37 +1454,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1525,14 +1525,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1556,13 +1556,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1570,19 +1570,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1590,13 +1590,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1608,14 +1608,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1684,73 +1684,73 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1827,13 +1827,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1932,13 +1932,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2019,97 +2019,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2117,19 +2117,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2137,13 +2137,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2270,13 +2270,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2358,43 +2358,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2419,13 +2419,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -2497,13 +2497,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2519,13 +2519,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2535,13 +2535,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -2563,25 +2563,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2591,13 +2591,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2622,13 +2622,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2642,7 +2642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2730,13 +2730,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -2798,13 +2798,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -2814,13 +2814,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2872,13 +2872,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -2931,13 +2931,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3003,26 +3003,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3041,13 +3041,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3098,13 +3098,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3250,13 +3250,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3266,13 +3266,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3294,13 +3294,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3311,19 +3311,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3350,13 +3350,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3385,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3399,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3414,13 +3414,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3440,13 +3440,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3475,13 +3475,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -3493,13 +3493,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3517,13 +3517,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3532,13 +3532,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3548,13 +3548,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3564,13 +3564,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3579,13 +3579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3595,13 +3595,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3614,13 +3614,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3630,7 +3630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, Grub will be installed into the PReP partition, where it will "
@@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3655,13 +3655,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3679,13 +3679,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -3710,7 +3710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -3720,13 +3720,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -3764,13 +3764,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -3801,13 +3801,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -3826,13 +3826,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3841,13 +3841,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3867,13 +3867,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -3889,13 +3889,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -3946,13 +3946,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4000,7 +4000,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4097,13 +4097,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -4137,7 +4137,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -4160,13 +4160,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -4181,7 +4181,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -4212,13 +4212,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/vi/installation-howto.po b/po/vi/installation-howto.po
index 2a6c9c1db..fd16f80c3 100644
--- a/po/vi/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/vi/installation-howto.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-05 15:14+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Hai Lang <hailangvn@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: MOST Project <du-an-most@lists.hanoilug.org>\n"
@@ -474,6 +474,20 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
@@ -485,21 +499,6 @@ msgstr ""
"đặt sẽ chỉ nhắc bạn chọn thêm nếu quốc gia có nhiều miền thời gian."
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
index 629dd5c06..c23134ed9 100644
--- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-05 14:03+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: hailang <hailangvn@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: MOST Project <du-an-most@lists.hanoilug.org>\n"
@@ -1504,122 +1504,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ và Múi giờ"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"Trước tiên, trình cài đặt sẽ thử kết nối tới một máy phục vụ thời gian trên "
-"Internet (dùng giao thức thời gian <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) để đặt đúng "
-"thời gian của hệ thống. Không thành công thì trình cài đặt giả sử ngày tháng "
-"và thời gian được lấy từ đồng hồ hệ thống khi khởi động hệ thống cài đặt là "
-"đúng. Bạn không thể tự đặt thời gian hệ thống trong khi cài đặt."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "Trình cài đặt không sửa đổi đồng hồ hệ thống trên nền tảng S/390."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Phụ thuộc vào vị trí được chọn về trước trong tiến trình cài đặt, bạn có thể "
-"xem danh sách các múi giờ thích hợp với vị trí đó đó. Nếu chỗ bạn chỉ có một "
-"múi giờ và bạn đang làm một việc cài đặt mặc định thì trình cài đặt không "
-"hỏi gì và hệ thống giả sử múi giờ đó."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"Trong chế độ cấp cao, hoặc khi cài đặt ở mức ưu tiên Vừa, bạn có tuỳ chọn bổ "
-"sung để chọn <quote>Thời gian Thế giới</quote> (UTC) làm múi giờ."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Nếu (vì lý do nào) bạn muốn đặt cho hệ thống đã cài đặt một múi giờ mà "
-"<emphasis>không</emphasis> tương ứng với địa điểm đã chọn, có hai tùy chọn."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tùy chọn đơn giản nhất là chỉ chọn một múi giờ khác sau khi cài đặt xong và "
-"bạn đã khởi động hệ thống mới. Câu lệnh để làm như thế là:"
-
-# Literal: don't translate/Nghĩa chữ : đừng dịch
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoặc có thể đặt múi giờ ở đầu thật của tiến trình cài đặt, bằng cách gửi "
-"tham số <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>giá_trị</replaceable></userinput> "
-"khi bạn khởi chạy tiến trình cài đặt. Giá trị nên là múi giờ hợp lệ (xem /"
-"usr/share/zoneinfo) v.d. <userinput>Asia/Saigon</userinput> hay "
-"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-"Đối với tiến trình tự động cài đặt, cũng có thể đặt múi giờ dùng chức năng "
-"chèn sẵn."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "Thiết lập Người dùng và Mật khẩu"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1631,13 +1522,13 @@ msgstr ""
"khi hoàn tất cài đặt thì cũng có thể tạo tài khoản người dùng bổ sung."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "Lập mật khẩu chủ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1651,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1666,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1677,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1688,13 +1579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1708,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1728,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"này."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1742,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tài khoản này."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1752,13 +1643,122 @@ msgstr ""
"sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ và Múi giờ"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Trước tiên, trình cài đặt sẽ thử kết nối tới một máy phục vụ thời gian trên "
+"Internet (dùng giao thức thời gian <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>) để đặt đúng "
+"thời gian của hệ thống. Không thành công thì trình cài đặt giả sử ngày tháng "
+"và thời gian được lấy từ đồng hồ hệ thống khi khởi động hệ thống cài đặt là "
+"đúng. Bạn không thể tự đặt thời gian hệ thống trong khi cài đặt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "Trình cài đặt không sửa đổi đồng hồ hệ thống trên nền tảng S/390."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Phụ thuộc vào vị trí được chọn về trước trong tiến trình cài đặt, bạn có thể "
+"xem danh sách các múi giờ thích hợp với vị trí đó đó. Nếu chỗ bạn chỉ có một "
+"múi giờ và bạn đang làm một việc cài đặt mặc định thì trình cài đặt không "
+"hỏi gì và hệ thống giả sử múi giờ đó."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Trong chế độ cấp cao, hoặc khi cài đặt ở mức ưu tiên Vừa, bạn có tuỳ chọn bổ "
+"sung để chọn <quote>Thời gian Thế giới</quote> (UTC) làm múi giờ."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Nếu (vì lý do nào) bạn muốn đặt cho hệ thống đã cài đặt một múi giờ mà "
+"<emphasis>không</emphasis> tương ứng với địa điểm đã chọn, có hai tùy chọn."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tùy chọn đơn giản nhất là chỉ chọn một múi giờ khác sau khi cài đặt xong và "
+"bạn đã khởi động hệ thống mới. Câu lệnh để làm như thế là:"
+
+# Literal: don't translate/Nghĩa chữ : đừng dịch
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoặc có thể đặt múi giờ ở đầu thật của tiến trình cài đặt, bằng cách gửi "
+"tham số <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>giá_trị</replaceable></userinput> "
+"khi bạn khởi chạy tiến trình cài đặt. Giá trị nên là múi giờ hợp lệ (xem /"
+"usr/share/zoneinfo) v.d. <userinput>Asia/Saigon</userinput> hay "
+"<userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+"Đối với tiến trình tự động cài đặt, cũng có thể đặt múi giờ dùng chức năng "
+"chèn sẵn."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"như LVM, thiết bị RAID và thiết bị đã mật mã."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tại trên cùng đĩa không còn có khả năng truy cấp lại."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1822,13 +1822,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "Tùy chọn phân vùng được hỗ trợ"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tin và thiết bị khối cấp cao khác nhau."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"»; ở mức ưu tiên « cao » thì dùng giá trị mặc định thích hợp."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1871,31 +1871,31 @@ msgstr ""
"dụng với nhau."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID phần mềm"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "Hỗ trợ các lớp RAID 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 10."
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Mật mã"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID ATA nối tiếp</emphasis> (dùng <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1917,13 +1917,13 @@ msgstr ""
"thông tin trong <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-sataraid;\">Wiki của chúng ta</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Đa đường dẫn</emphasis> (vẫn thực nghiệm)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1935,14 +1935,14 @@ msgstr ""
"đó được hiệu lực khi trình cài đặt được khởi động."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "Hỗ trợ những hệ thống tập tin theo đây."
# cả tên
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1968,37 +1968,37 @@ msgstr ""
"theo mặc định khi sử dụng chức năng phân vùng đã hướng dẫn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (không phải sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "Hệ thống tập tin mặc định là UFS."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (không phải sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sau khi cài đặt ban đầu, nhưng đây là một số khác biệt:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thống của bạn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hệ thống của bạn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
@@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trúc)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -2080,13 +2080,13 @@ msgstr ""
# tên
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -2097,13 +2097,13 @@ msgstr ""
# tên
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2114,19 +2114,19 @@ msgstr ""
# cả tên
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (chỉ-đọc)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -2136,13 +2136,13 @@ msgstr ""
"lắp. Không thể tạo được phân vùng NTFS mới."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "Phân vùng hướng dẫn"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>dm-crypt</quote> của hạt nhân. </para> </footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tùy chọn sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã) có lẽ không sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"liệu (riêng) của bạn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kích cỡ của đĩa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện chúng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hóa), không thể thực hiện việc này.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2271,73 +2271,73 @@ msgstr ""
"sẽ không thành công."
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /var, và /tmp riêng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vùng khác, bao gồm phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr ""
"khởi động EFI."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2465,13 +2465,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vùng."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "Phân vùng bằng tay"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; mới."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bảng, bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"đơn này cũng cho bạn có khả năng xoá phân vùng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2624,13 +2624,13 @@ msgstr ""
"các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lắp v.v.)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2776,97 +2776,97 @@ msgstr ""
"varlistentry> </variablelist> Để tóm tắt:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Kiểu"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>không</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "tùy chọn"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>có</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2875,19 +2875,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2896,13 +2896,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ hai)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Tổng số các phiên bản chia cho số các bản sao đoạn (mặc định là hai)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> và RAID1 cho <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thiết bị đa đĩa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cho đến khi bạn sửa vấn đề."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>bốn</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -3049,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quá số các thiết bị hoạt động, để phân phối mỗi bản sao trên một đĩa riêng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vùng 100 GB hơi đáng tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -3081,13 +3081,13 @@ msgstr ""
"mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"qua vài đĩa vật lý."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -3202,43 +3202,43 @@ msgstr ""
"thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v."
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Xóa nhóm khối tin"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Xóa khối tin hợp lệ"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> chính"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -3270,13 +3270,13 @@ msgstr ""
"thao tác nó như vậy)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thôi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr ""
"không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"của khoá."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3359,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phân vùng đó."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3386,13 +3386,13 @@ msgstr ""
"theo bảo mật."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3418,13 +3418,13 @@ msgstr ""
"hai mươi mốt."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3437,13 +3437,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3460,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3474,25 +3474,25 @@ msgstr ""
"khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3506,13 +3506,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vào lúc sau trong tiến trình."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3530,7 +3530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3549,13 +3549,13 @@ msgstr ""
"được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lần.</para></footnote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3613,7 +3613,7 @@ msgstr ""
"đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hợp."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3729,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"giải thích trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3737,13 +3737,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3757,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kéo dài một lát."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3773,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sách các hạt nhân có sẵn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3817,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thường nên được cài đặt cùng với phần mềm đó."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3830,13 +3830,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Quy tắc nêu trên chỉ có hiệu lực sau thời điểm này trong quá trình cài đặt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3851,13 +3851,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nếu máy tính hay mạng có chạy chậm."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "Cấu hình apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"đẹp và dễ dùng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cài đặt xong."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"updates</quote>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3951,13 +3951,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> (khác tự do)."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "Cài đặt từ nhiều đĩa CD/DVD"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trên các đĩa đó."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chọn trong bước kế tiếp của tiến trình cài đặt thực sự có thể được cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3997,7 +3997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"người thực sự dùng những gói nằm trong vài đĩa CD cuối cùng trong tập hợp."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -4014,7 +4014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gói cần thiết."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -4030,13 +4030,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quét không quan trọng, nhưng quét theo thứ tự tăng dần sẽ giảm dịp bị lỗi."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "Sử dụng máy nhân bản mạng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mặc định là tốt, nhưng vẫn có một số ngoại lệ."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -4087,7 +4087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thống mới)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -4101,7 +4101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bản mạng vẫn là tùy chọn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -4116,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"rủi ro bảo mật hay sự ổn định của hệ thống đã cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -4131,19 +4131,19 @@ msgstr ""
"liệu được tải xuống nếu bạn có phải chọn máy nhân bản thì phụ thuộc vào"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "những tác vụ bạn chọn trong bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "những gói nào cần thiết cho các tác vụ đó,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
@@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"và"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -4168,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cập nhật kiểu bảo mật hay dễ thay đổi)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a "
@@ -4187,14 +4187,14 @@ msgstr ""
"hình."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "Sử dụng máy nhân bản mạng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -4205,7 +4205,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -4216,7 +4216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -4233,7 +4233,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -4245,13 +4245,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -4268,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tác vụ khác nhau."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -4284,21 +4284,20 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"Mỗi công việc đại diện việc đặc biệt bạn muốn làm "
-"bằng máy tính, như <quote>môi trường làm việc</quote>, <quote>trình phục vụ "
-"Mạng</quote>, hay <quote>trình phục vụ in</quote><footnote> <para> Để hiển "
-"thị danh sách các công việc này, trình cài đặt đơn giản gọi chương trình "
-"<command>tasksel</command>. Vẫn có thể chạy nó vào bất cứ điểm thời nào sau "
-"khi cài đặt hệ thống, để cài đặt (hay gỡ bỏ) gói thêm, hoặc bạn có thể sử "
-"dụng một công cụ xử lý mỗi gói như <command>aptitude</command>. Nếu bạn tìm "
-"một gói riêng, sau khi cài đặt hệ thống, đơn giản hãy chạy lệnh "
-"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>gói</replaceable></userinput>, mà "
-"<replaceable>gói</replaceable> là tên của gói bạn tìm. </para> </footnote>. "
-"<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> xác định sức chứa cần thiết cho các "
-"công việc có sẵn."
+"Mỗi công việc đại diện việc đặc biệt bạn muốn làm bằng máy tính, như "
+"<quote>môi trường làm việc</quote>, <quote>trình phục vụ Mạng</quote>, hay "
+"<quote>trình phục vụ in</quote><footnote> <para> Để hiển thị danh sách các "
+"công việc này, trình cài đặt đơn giản gọi chương trình <command>tasksel</"
+"command>. Vẫn có thể chạy nó vào bất cứ điểm thời nào sau khi cài đặt hệ "
+"thống, để cài đặt (hay gỡ bỏ) gói thêm, hoặc bạn có thể sử dụng một công cụ "
+"xử lý mỗi gói như <command>aptitude</command>. Nếu bạn tìm một gói riêng, "
+"sau khi cài đặt hệ thống, đơn giản hãy chạy lệnh <userinput>aptitude install "
+"<replaceable>gói</replaceable></userinput>, mà <replaceable>gói</"
+"replaceable> là tên của gói bạn tìm. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend="
+"\"tasksel-size-list\"/> xác định sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -4311,7 +4310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"không cài đặt gì cả."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -4321,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -4334,7 +4333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>Môi trường làm việc</quote> sẽ cài đặt môi trường làm việc GNOME."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -4345,7 +4344,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -4371,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DVD, hoặc bất kỳ phương pháp cài đặt khác nào."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -4380,7 +4379,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -4395,7 +4394,7 @@ msgstr ""
"công việc này nếu bạn không biết cách sử dụng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4415,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phương hoá thích hợp (nếu có)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4429,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trong quá trình này."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4446,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4464,13 +4463,13 @@ msgstr ""
"xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4484,13 +4483,13 @@ msgstr ""
"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4505,7 +4504,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cũng được cấu hình để khởi động hệ điều hành khác đó, thêm vào &debian;."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4521,13 +4520,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dẫn sử dụng bộ nạp khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4543,19 +4542,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thêm thông tin)"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4567,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ích cho cả hai người dùng mới và nhà chuyên môn."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4579,7 +4578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4590,13 +4589,13 @@ msgstr ""
"từ đó, chọn bộ nạp khởi động đã muốn."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4613,7 +4612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4627,7 +4626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"khi cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4637,13 +4636,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>LILO</command>:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4653,13 +4652,13 @@ msgstr ""
"động."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "phân vùng &debian; mới"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4671,13 +4670,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sẽ làm việc như một bộ nạp khởi động phụ."
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "Khác"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4695,7 +4694,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> hay <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4711,13 +4710,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pháp khác để trở về &debian;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4745,7 +4744,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4763,13 +4762,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4788,13 +4787,13 @@ msgstr ""
"dung đã có !"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4825,13 +4824,13 @@ msgstr ""
# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4844,13 +4843,13 @@ msgstr ""
# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4865,13 +4864,13 @@ msgstr ""
# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4887,13 +4886,13 @@ msgstr ""
# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4906,13 +4905,13 @@ msgstr ""
# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4926,13 +4925,13 @@ msgstr ""
"của liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4952,13 +4951,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian-gnu;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4972,7 +4971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -4988,13 +4987,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -5011,13 +5010,13 @@ msgstr ""
"command>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -5048,13 +5047,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -5067,7 +5066,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -5079,7 +5078,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -5089,13 +5088,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ nạp khởi động"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -5107,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cung cấp, hoặc vì không muốn nó (v.d. bạn sẽ dùng bộ nạp khởi động đã có)."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -5128,13 +5127,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "Cài đặt xong"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -5145,13 +5144,13 @@ msgstr ""
"đặt sẽ làm bất cứ công việc nào còn lại. Phần lớn là làm sạch sau &d-i;."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "Đặt đồng hồ hệ thống"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -5165,7 +5164,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -5183,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr ""
"giờ cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn UTC.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -5195,13 +5194,13 @@ msgstr ""
"thuộc vào sự chọn mới làm."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "Khởi động lại hệ thống"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -5213,7 +5212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thống &debian; mới."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -5227,13 +5226,13 @@ msgstr ""
"đầu của tiến trình cài đặt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Khắc phục sự số"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -5245,13 +5244,13 @@ msgstr ""
"khó khăn."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -5263,7 +5262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trong hệ thống &debian; mới."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -5279,13 +5278,13 @@ msgstr ""
"kèm báo cáo cài đặt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "Sử dụng trình bao và xem bản ghi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -5312,13 +5311,13 @@ msgstr ""
"trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "Đối với trình cài đặt đồ họa, xem thêm <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -5334,7 +5333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(thoát) để đóng trình bao, và trở về trình cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -5352,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tự động gõ và lược sử."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -5364,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log</filename>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -5375,7 +5374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -5389,13 +5388,13 @@ msgstr ""
"bao."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -5412,7 +5411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -5434,7 +5433,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -5444,7 +5443,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -5466,7 +5465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -5478,7 +5477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"khác."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5508,7 +5507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nếu nó là đúng không."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5533,7 +5532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tái kết nối."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5555,7 +5554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kết nối) vậy chỉ dùng nó khi cần thiết."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5579,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"thử lại."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5599,7 +5598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chạy cho các trình bao."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5615,13 +5614,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cài đặt."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "Nạp phần vững bị thiếu"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5635,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"chức năng cơ bản và yêu cầu phần vững để hiệu lực thêm tính năng."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5653,7 +5652,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nạp lại."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5671,7 +5670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mạch MMC hay SD.</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5682,7 +5681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"năng, hoặc nếu thiết bị không cần trong khi cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5696,13 +5695,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "Chuẩn bị vật chứa"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5726,7 +5725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"đoạn đầu tiên của việc cài đặt."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5741,7 +5740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bản phát hành hiện thời, và giải nén nó vào hệ thống tập tin trên vật chứa."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5756,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cũng có thể chứa gói khác phần vững:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5768,13 +5767,13 @@ msgstr ""
"phần cứng."
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "Phần vững và Hệ thống đã Cài đặt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5792,7 +5791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"là phần vững không nạp được do phiên bản bị đối xứng lệch."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5808,7 +5807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phát hành."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5820,7 +5819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cài đặt một cách thủ công."
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po
index b76b34d6d..d84a0f862 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-11 22:12+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Yangfl <mmyangfl@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <debian-l10n-chinese@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -435,19 +435,6 @@ msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:249
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
-msgstr ""
-"下一步是建立您的时区和时间。安装程序将试着连接互联网上的时间服务器来校准时"
-"间。时区是基于前面所选的国家,假如一个国家有多个时区,安装程序会要您选择其中"
-"的一个。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
@@ -458,15 +445,14 @@ msgstr ""
#| "<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
#| "administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system."
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
"设置您的时钟和时区,然后创建用户帐户。默认情况下,您将会要求为 <quote>root</"
"quote>(管理员)帐户提供密码,并创建一个常规用户帐户。如果您没有为 "
@@ -474,6 +460,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>sudo</command> 软件包,以便在新系统上执行管理任务。"
#. Tag: para
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+msgstr ""
+"下一步是建立您的时区和时间。安装程序将试着连接互联网上的时间服务器来校准时"
+"间。时区是基于前面所选的国家,假如一个国家有多个时区,安装程序会要您选择其中"
+"的一个。"
+
+#. Tag: para
#: installation-howto.xml:267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
index 100ae2d94..42454d4b7 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-26 15:04+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungleji@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1318,114 +1318,13 @@ msgstr ""
"址配置使用 NDP,额外参数使用 DHCPv6)。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "配置时钟和时区"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-"安装程序首先尝试连接互联网上的时间服务器 (使用 <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> 协"
-"议) 来校准系统时间。如果没有成功,安装程序假设启动时获得的时间和日期是正确"
-"的。在安装过程中没法手动对系统时间进行设置。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr "在 S/390 平台,安装程序不会修改系统时钟。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"基于安装过程前面所选择的地理位置,您将看到系统只列出与其地点相关的时区列表。"
-"如果该地只对应一个时区并且是默认安装,那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-"expert 模式或者使用 medium 优先级安装,您可以通过额外的选项选择 "
-"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) 作为时区。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"如果出于某些因素您<emphasis>不想</emphasis>设置时区为所选择的地点,这里有两个"
-"选项。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-"最简单的方法,是在安装完成后重新启动,进入新系统,选择一个不同的时区。该命令"
-"为:"
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-"另外一种方法是,时区可以在安装启动后的安装程序最初阶段通过传入参数 "
-"<userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> 进行设置。"
-"其中的 value 当然要求是一个有效的时区,例如 <userinput>Europe/London</"
-"userinput> 或 <userinput>UTC</userinput>。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr "自动安装可以通过预置设置任何所需的时区。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "设置用户和密码"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1436,13 +1335,13 @@ msgstr ""
"号。其他的用户帐号可以在安装完成之后创建。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "设置 root 密码"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1455,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr ""
"理,而且使用时间应该尽可能短。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1469,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1480,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"员,否则通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1491,13 +1390,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "创建一个普通用户"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1509,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"记,平时<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帐户登录或者将其作为个人帐号使用。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1527,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"容,建议找一本进行学习。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1539,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"便满足要求,并为缺省值。最后,您将要求输入该帐号的密码。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1549,13 +1448,114 @@ msgstr ""
"令。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "配置时钟和时区"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"安装程序首先尝试连接互联网上的时间服务器 (使用 <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> 协"
+"议) 来校准系统时间。如果没有成功,安装程序假设启动时获得的时间和日期是正确"
+"的。在安装过程中没法手动对系统时间进行设置。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr "在 S/390 平台,安装程序不会修改系统时钟。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"基于安装过程前面所选择的地理位置,您将看到系统只列出与其地点相关的时区列表。"
+"如果该地只对应一个时区并且是默认安装,那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"expert 模式或者使用 medium 优先级安装,您可以通过额外的选项选择 "
+"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) 作为时区。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"如果出于某些因素您<emphasis>不想</emphasis>设置时区为所选择的地点,这里有两个"
+"选项。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+"最简单的方法,是在安装完成后重新启动,进入新系统,选择一个不同的时区。该命令"
+"为:"
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"另外一种方法是,时区可以在安装启动后的安装程序最初阶段通过传入参数 "
+"<userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> 进行设置。"
+"其中的 value 当然要求是一个有效的时区,例如 <userinput>Europe/London</"
+"userinput> 或 <userinput>UTC</userinput>。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr "自动安装可以通过预置设置任何所需的时区。"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "分区与选择挂载点"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"排挂载点,还可以选择为 RAID、LVM 或加密设备这组选项进行配置。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"partitioning\"/>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</screen></informalexample> 注意,这会是磁盘上已有的数据无法访问。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1613,13 +1613,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 手动分区。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "支持的分区选项"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"块设备创建多种分区方案。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"装下改变;高优先级下会采用默认值。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1655,31 +1655,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "安装程序支持多种高级分区和存储设备,很多情况下可以组合使用。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "逻辑卷管理(LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Software RAID"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr "支持 RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 和 10。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "加密"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (采用 <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1700,13 +1700,13 @@ msgstr ""
"sataraid;\">我们的 Wiki</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1717,13 +1717,13 @@ msgstr ""
"于 multipath 只在安装程序启动时打开才支持。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr "支持下列的文件系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1753,37 +1753,37 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 分区选择 ext2 作为默认值。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (并不是所有架构都支持)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr "默认文件系统是 UFS。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (并不是所有架构都支持)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"通过手动方式在初始安装之后打开,但仍有一些地方需要注意:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"create</quote> 命令在这个 pool 中创建更多的文件系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr ""
"件系统的 pool 执行这种操作,那样 GRUB 将无法引导您的系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1835,14 +1835,14 @@ msgstr ""
"pool 上,使用异于默认的压缩算法(lzjb)将导致 GRUB 无法引导您的系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr "<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (选项;并不是所有架构都支持)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1855,13 +1855,13 @@ msgstr ""
"版本 3。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1869,13 +1869,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "在一些系统上用于读取闪存。不可以创建新的 jffs2 分区。"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1883,19 +1883,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "识别已存在的分区并挂载它们。不可以创建新的 qnx4 分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (只读)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1903,13 +1903,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "已存在的 NTFS 分区可以调整大小,并挂载它们。不能创建新的 NTFS 分区。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "导引式分区"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1925,14 +1925,14 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"大分区将无法读取,对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr ""
"时间。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr ""
"安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"但磁盘的尺寸将会协助您辨别它们。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr ""
"用(加密) LVM 方式则不能撤销。</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -2021,73 +2021,73 @@ msgstr ""
"1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同),那么导引式分区将以失败告终。"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "分区方式"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "所需最小空间"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "所新建的分区"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "所有文件在同一分区"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "建立 /home 分区"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "分别建立 /home、/var 和 /tmp 分区"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/var</"
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区,除了交换分区,都会建在 LVM 分区之内。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"区是否将被格式化,将以何种方式格式化,以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2201,13 +2201,13 @@ msgstr ""
"后再次运行导引式分区,或者按照下面的介绍进行手动分区。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "手动分区"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"面谈到。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的磁盘条目下出现一个新行,上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command> 的主界面。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"这个菜单中,您还可以删除分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr ""
"面的步骤,直到您纠正了这个错误。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, "
@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"点,不让您继续操作,直到您划分出这样一个分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2349,13 +2349,13 @@ msgstr ""
"此分区。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(软 RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<firstterm>软 RAID</firstterm>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"command> 格式化,分配挂载点,等等)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2478,101 +2478,101 @@ msgstr ""
"listitem> </varlistentry></variablelist> 总结:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "类型"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "最少设备"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "备用设备"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "可用空间"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
# index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
# index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>否</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
# index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "可选"
# index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>是</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2580,20 +2580,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
# index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>4</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2601,13 +2601,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减二)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "所有的分区数除以 chunk 拷贝数(默认为二)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2640,7 +2640,7 @@ msgstr ""
"volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/</filename> 同时 RAID1 给 <filename>/boot</filename> 是一种方式。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"组成 MD 的分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"将不会允许您继续下去,直到纠正错误。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2726,7 +2726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr ""
"贝数。这些活动设备必须是让所有的拷贝可以分布到不同磁盘。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2773,13 +2773,13 @@ msgstr ""
"您的新 MD 设备,并分配挂载点这样的属性。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2793,7 +2793,7 @@ msgstr ""
"或符号链接等方法来折腾。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ msgstr ""
"阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关,只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2884,43 +2884,43 @@ msgstr ""
"名称和逻辑卷尺寸等"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr "Create volume group"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr "Create logical volume"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr "Delete volume group"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr "Delete logical volume"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr "Extend volume group"
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr "Reduce volume group"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组,然后在里面创建逻辑卷。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2948,13 +2948,13 @@ msgstr ""
"通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "配置加密卷"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"许可以访问硬盘,但是没有正确的口令,硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"加载内核。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -3051,13 +3051,13 @@ msgstr ""
"的安全考虑的选择。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -3080,13 +3080,13 @@ msgstr ""
"纪的敏感信息。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -3098,13 +3098,13 @@ msgstr ""
"加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr ""
"复模板推断信息。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -3133,25 +3133,25 @@ msgstr ""
"时,才使用其他的算法。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr "Passphrase"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3164,13 +3164,13 @@ msgstr ""
"使用时要求输入。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr "Random key"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"面临暴力破解,但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点,这辈子也不会被攻破。)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3202,13 +3202,13 @@ msgstr ""
"写入到交换分区的数据。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"备上的数据。</para></footnote>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr ""
"标记分区上的数据,以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区,这会花一些时间。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字,等等)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立,而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3336,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"您不合适,可以进行修改。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3359,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3367,13 +3367,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "当您满意分区之后,可以继续安装过程。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "安装基本系统"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3385,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"果您用较慢的计算机或网络,这要花费好一会儿时间。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3411,7 +3411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr ""
"核。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3439,7 +3439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"看,正常情况下应该安装这些软件。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3451,13 +3451,13 @@ msgstr ""
"</quote>。上面提到的原则只适用于之后的安装过程。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "安装额外的软件"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3470,13 +3470,13 @@ msgstr ""
"安装基本系统还要花时间。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "配置 apt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a "
@@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"特性(搜索包与状态检验)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3532,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3547,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr ""
"序程序会自动加上安全镜像,它是 <quote>stable-updates</quote> 更新服务的镜像。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3561,13 +3561,13 @@ msgstr ""
"quote> 和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr "从多个 CD 或 DVD 安装"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"们里面的软件包了。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"节说明),意味着下一步中选择的任务里面并非所有的软件包都会安装。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3604,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"常用的软件,而最后一张光盘里面包含的是很少有人用到的软件。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DVD 的情况类似:只要一张,或者前两张 DVD 就能满足您大部分要求。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3633,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr ""
"照次序来可以降低出错的几率。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr "使用网络镜像"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"默认答案会很好,但还是有一些例外。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<literal>desktop</literal> 任务。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"装,以后(比如,重新启动到新系统)再安装额外的软件包。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -3696,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"项。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -3709,7 +3709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"可以安装已经更新的内容,确保了系统的安全性和稳定性。。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3723,26 +3723,26 @@ msgstr ""
"的数据量取决于"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr "安装下一步选择的任务,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr "这些任务所需的软件包,"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr "已检测的 CD 或 DVD 上的软件包,并且"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3757,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"安全更新的镜像)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a "
@@ -3774,13 +3774,13 @@ msgstr ""
"且软件包有安全更新,仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "选择网络镜像"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3794,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"列表。通常选择默认的就行。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3829,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr ""
"快的哪个。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3846,13 +3846,13 @@ msgstr ""
"器。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr "选择和安装软件"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3867,7 +3867,7 @@ msgstr ""
"来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -3883,8 +3883,7 @@ msgid ""
"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
msgstr ""
-"任务松散地"
-"代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作,比如<quote>桌面环境</quote>、"
+"任务松散地代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作,比如<quote>桌面环境</quote>、"
"<quote>Web 服务器</quote>或者<quote>打印服务器</quote><footnote> <para> 您应"
"该知道,呈现这个列表,安装程序仅仅是执行 <command>tasksel</command> 程序。它"
"可以在安装之后的任何时间安装(或删除)其他软件包,或者使用更精致的工具,例如 "
@@ -3895,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr ""
"空间。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3906,7 +3905,7 @@ msgstr ""
"这些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3914,7 +3913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下,您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop "
@@ -3927,7 +3926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GNOME 桌面环境。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -3938,7 +3937,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired "
@@ -3961,7 +3960,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Xfce 或 LXDE 同样适用于 DVD 映象或其他的安装方法。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -3970,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -3984,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"并需要一个最小化的系统,您应该让该任务选中。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -4001,7 +4000,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(如果存在)还会安装该桌面对应的本地化软件包。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -4013,7 +4012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"任务的软件包。假如某个程序需要用户输入信息,它将提示您指定。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -4028,7 +4027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"间。一旦启动,安装软件包过程将无法取消。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -4043,13 +4042,13 @@ msgstr ""
"新);如果您安装的是测试版本,这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "创建启动系统"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -4062,13 +4061,13 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "检测其他的操作系统"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -4082,7 +4081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; 一起,计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -4096,13 +4095,13 @@ msgstr ""
"管理器的文档了解更多信息。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -4117,19 +4116,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -4140,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"定的 boot loader,它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -4152,7 +4151,7 @@ msgstr ""
"请参阅 grub 的手册。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -4163,13 +4162,13 @@ msgstr ""
"用的任何 bootloader。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -4185,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -4198,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -4206,13 +4205,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "主引导区(MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -4220,13 +4219,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "新 &debian; 分区"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4237,13 +4236,13 @@ msgstr ""
"新 &debian; 分区的起始位置,并能作为第二 boot loader。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "其它选择"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -4260,7 +4259,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -4274,13 +4273,13 @@ msgstr ""
"录 &mdash; 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 &debian;!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4305,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr ""
"和启动 Linux 内核的工作。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4320,13 +4319,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "选择正确的分区!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -4342,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr ""
"容!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI 分区内容"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4374,13 +4373,13 @@ msgstr ""
"间,系统更新或重新配置,文件系统中也许会有其他文件。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4391,13 +4390,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 的复制,其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4410,13 +4409,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4429,13 +4428,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4446,13 +4445,13 @@ msgstr ""
"任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4465,13 +4464,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4489,13 +4488,13 @@ msgstr ""
"设为启动 &debian-gnu;。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4508,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"以工作在 7200,7300 和 7600 Powermacs,以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -4524,13 +4523,13 @@ msgstr ""
"请参阅 grub 的手册。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4545,13 +4544,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Commands</quote>,它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4578,13 +4577,13 @@ msgstr ""
"区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4597,7 +4596,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4609,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4619,13 +4618,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4636,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr ""
"是因为不想要(比如,您想使用已经存在的 boot loader)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4655,13 +4654,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 到一个独立的分区,还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "完成安装"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -4672,13 +4671,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&d-i; 之后的清理。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "设置系统时钟"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -4690,7 +4689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情,来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -4706,7 +4705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"常设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导,请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -4717,13 +4716,13 @@ msgstr ""
"决于刚才的选择。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "重新启动系统"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -4734,7 +4733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; 系统。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -4746,13 +4745,13 @@ msgstr ""
"上的 IPL &debian-gnu;,它在安装步骤第一步里被选做根文件系统。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "排除故障"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4763,13 +4762,13 @@ msgstr ""
"题。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "保存安装记录"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4780,7 +4779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的 <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4794,13 +4793,13 @@ msgstr ""
"其它系统上研究记录,或者用于报告的附件。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4824,13 +4823,13 @@ msgstr ""
"安装程序。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr "对于图形安装程序,请参阅 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4845,7 +4844,7 @@ msgstr ""
"到安装程序。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4861,7 +4860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bourne shell 的克隆,有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4872,7 +4871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4883,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"题时进行调试。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4895,13 +4894,13 @@ msgstr ""
"该让安装程序激活交换分区,而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr "通过网络安装"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4916,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr ""
"先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4936,7 +4935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SSH</guimenuitem>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4944,7 +4943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装,建立网络之后这是默认的方法。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4963,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fingerprint。您需要安全地传输该 fingerprint 给那些要继续远程安装的人。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4974,7 +4973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"他的组件。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -5002,7 +5001,7 @@ msgstr ""
"确认是否正确。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -5023,7 +5022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"接在安装过程中的哪一点断开,您在连接之后可能继续,也可能无法继续安装过程。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -5043,7 +5042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"需要的时候采用。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -5065,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"footnote>,再重新来过。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -5082,7 +5081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话,但 shell 可以打开多个。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -5095,13 +5094,13 @@ msgstr ""
"配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr "加载缺失的固件"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -5114,7 +5113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"强功能就无法使用。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -5130,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr ""
"序模块。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -5146,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"phrase>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -5157,7 +5156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"固件。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -5171,13 +5170,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr "准备介质"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -5197,7 +5196,7 @@ msgstr ""
"下。推荐使用 FAT 文件系统,因为在安装过程的早期阶段它肯定能被支持。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -5211,7 +5210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"itemizedlist> 下载对应版本的压缩包或 zip 文件,然后解压到介质的文件系统里面。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -5224,7 +5223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"件。以下概要列出大多数固件软件包,但不保证完整,有些还是非固件软件包:"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -5235,13 +5234,13 @@ msgstr ""
"造商那里获得。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr "固件和安装好的系统"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -5256,7 +5255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"序不同的内核版本,有可能由于版本的偏差造成固件不能加载。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -5270,7 +5269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"做的优点在于如果有固件的新版本存在会自动更新。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -5281,7 +5280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"安装好固件或软件包。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po
index 81e3283e5..60908a185 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-03 23:21+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Lin Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -449,25 +449,24 @@ msgstr ""
#: installation-howto.xml:249
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
-"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
-"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
-"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
+"Setting up the network is followed by the creation of user accounts. By "
+"default you are asked to provide a password for the <quote>root</quote> "
+"(administrator) account and information necessary to create one regular user "
+"account. If you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user, "
+"this account will be disabled but the <command>sudo</command> package will "
+"be installed later to enable administrative tasks to be carried out on the "
+"new system. By default, the first user created on the system will be allowed "
+"to use the <command>sudo</command> command to become root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: installation-howto.xml:256
+#: installation-howto.xml:260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Setting up your clock and time zone is followed by the creation of user "
-"accounts. By default you are asked to provide a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> (administrator) account and information necessary to "
-"create one regular user account. If you do not specify a password for the "
-"<quote>root</quote> user, this account will be disabled but the "
-"<command>sudo</command> package will be installed later to enable "
-"administrative tasks to be carried out on the new system. By default, the "
-"first user created on the system will be allowed to use the <command>sudo</"
-"command> command to become root."
+"The next step is setting up your clock and time zone. The installer will try "
+"to contact a time server on the Internet to ensure the clock is set "
+"correctly. The time zone is based on the country selected earlier and the "
+"installer will only ask to select one if a country has multiple zones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
index 97df2d6cb..3a24a4f3a 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 17:25+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-09 18:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1302,100 +1302,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
-msgstr "設定您的時區"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
-"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
-"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
-"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
-"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
-"during the installation process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
-"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
-"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
-"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:923
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
-"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
-"as time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
-"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
-"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
-"command to do this is:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
-"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
-"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
-"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
-"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:966
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
-"using preseeding."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:980
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
msgstr "設定使用者和密碼"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:981
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Just before configuring the clock, the installer will allow you to set up "
@@ -1404,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:995
+#: using-d-i.xml:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the Root Password"
msgstr "設定 root 密碼"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:997
+#: using-d-i.xml:906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -1423,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"系統管理,而且使用時間應該盡可能短。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1005
+#: using-d-i.xml:914
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -1437,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1013
+#: using-d-i.xml:922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -1448,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr ""
"理員,否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1019
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In case you do not specify a password for the <quote>root</quote> user here, "
@@ -1459,13 +1372,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1031
+#: using-d-i.xml:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
msgstr "建立一個普通使用者"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1033
+#: using-d-i.xml:942
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -1477,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr ""
"記,平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1042
+#: using-d-i.xml:951
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -1495,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"容,建議您找一本書進行學習。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1052
+#: using-d-i.xml:961
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -1507,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"可,並且會成為預設值。最後,您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1059
+#: using-d-i.xml:968
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -1517,13 +1430,100 @@ msgstr ""
"令。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone"
+msgstr "設定您的時區"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:994
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the S/390 platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, "
+"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the "
+"additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) "
+"as time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value "
+"using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1071
+#: using-d-i.xml:1072
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"載點,並為近似選項進行設定,例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1092
+#: using-d-i.xml:1093
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
@@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的細節,請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1098
+#: using-d-i.xml:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1111
+#: using-d-i.xml:1112
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1575,14 +1575,14 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1121
+#: using-d-i.xml:1122
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Created partitions"
msgid "Supported partitioning options"
msgstr "所新建的分割區"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1122
+#: using-d-i.xml:1123
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The partitioner used in &d-i; is fairly versatile. It allows to create many "
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1128
+#: using-d-i.xml:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Exactly which options are available depends mainly on the architecture, but "
@@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1139
+#: using-d-i.xml:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer supports various forms of advanced partitioning and use of "
@@ -1612,38 +1612,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1146
+#: using-d-i.xml:1147
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Logical Volume Management (LVM)"
msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)"
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1149
+#: using-d-i.xml:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1150
+#: using-d-i.xml:1151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 and 10."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1154
+#: using-d-i.xml:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1156
+#: using-d-i.xml:1157
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Serial ATA RAID</emphasis> (using <classname>dmraid</classname>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1158
+#: using-d-i.xml:1159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Also called <quote>fake RAID</quote> or <quote>BIOS RAID</quote>. Support "
@@ -1653,13 +1653,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1164
+#: using-d-i.xml:1165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>Multipath</emphasis> (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1166
+#: using-d-i.xml:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-multipath;\">our Wiki</ulink> for information. "
@@ -1668,13 +1668,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1174
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following file systems are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1178
+#: using-d-i.xml:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel;mips64el\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> "
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The default file system selected in most cases is ext4; for <filename>/boot</"
@@ -1693,37 +1693,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1189
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1192
+#: using-d-i.xml:1193
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1193
+#: using-d-i.xml:1194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default file system is UFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1197
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1200
+#: using-d-i.xml:1201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1201
+#: using-d-i.xml:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset "
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1206
+#: using-d-i.xml:1207
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more "
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1211
+#: using-d-i.xml:1212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is "
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1219
+#: using-d-i.xml:1220
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, "
@@ -1764,14 +1764,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1228
+#: using-d-i.xml:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When "
@@ -1781,13 +1781,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1237
+#: using-d-i.xml:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "jffs2"
msgstr "jffs2"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1238
+#: using-d-i.xml:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new "
@@ -1795,13 +1795,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "qnx4"
msgstr "qnx4"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1244
+#: using-d-i.xml:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1809,19 +1809,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1248
+#: using-d-i.xml:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1251
+#: using-d-i.xml:1252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1253
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount "
@@ -1829,13 +1829,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1263
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "分割區方式"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1264
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1847,14 +1847,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1284
+#: using-d-i.xml:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1293
+#: using-d-i.xml:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1302
+#: using-d-i.xml:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1312
+#: using-d-i.xml:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic "
@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1321
+#: using-d-i.xml:1322
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1331
+#: using-d-i.xml:1332
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1928,73 +1928,73 @@ msgstr ""
"的方式而不同),那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1347
+#: using-d-i.xml:1348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Partitioning scheme"
msgstr "分割區方式"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1348
+#: using-d-i.xml:1349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum space"
msgstr "所需最小空間"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Created partitions"
msgstr "所新建的分割區"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "All files in one partition"
msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1356
+#: using-d-i.xml:1357
#, no-c-format
msgid "600MB"
msgstr "600MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1357
+#: using-d-i.xml:1358
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1359
+#: using-d-i.xml:1360
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home partition"
msgstr "所新建的分割區"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1360
+#: using-d-i.xml:1361
#, no-c-format
msgid "500MB"
msgstr "500MB"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1365
+#: using-d-i.xml:1366
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Separate /home, /var and /tmp partitions"
msgstr "所新建的分割區"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1367
+#: using-d-i.xml:1368
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1376
+#: using-d-i.xml:1377
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1382
+#: using-d-i.xml:1383
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have booted in EFI mode then within the guided partitioning setup "
@@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"外的一項,可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1390
+#: using-d-i.xml:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"訊。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1396
+#: using-d-i.xml:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統,及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1409
+#: using-d-i.xml:1410
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -2105,13 +2105,13 @@ msgstr ""
"區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1423
+#: using-d-i.xml:1424
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "分割區方式"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1424
+#: using-d-i.xml:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"些內容將會在本節的後面談到。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1432
+#: using-d-i.xml:1433
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"後,在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行,上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1440
+#: using-d-i.xml:1441
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"swap。在這個選單中,您還可以刪除分割區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1472
+#: using-d-i.xml:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"下面的步驟,直到您改正了這個錯誤。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1480
+#: using-d-i.xml:1481
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you boot in EFI mode but forget to select and format an EFI System "
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"一點,不讓您繼續操作,直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1486
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1494
+#: using-d-i.xml:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -2246,13 +2246,13 @@ msgstr ""
"硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時,安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1522
+#: using-d-i.xml:1523
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1523
+#: using-d-i.xml:1524
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1536
+#: using-d-i.xml:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>partman</command> 格式化,分配掛載點,等等)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1544
+#: using-d-i.xml:1545
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -2372,101 +2372,101 @@ msgstr ""
"訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結:"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1658
+#: using-d-i.xml:1659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimum Devices"
msgstr "最少設備"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1660
+#: using-d-i.xml:1661
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spare Device"
msgstr "備用設備"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1661
+#: using-d-i.xml:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Survives disk failure?"
msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞?"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1662
+#: using-d-i.xml:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Available Space"
msgstr "可用空間"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1668
+#: using-d-i.xml:1669
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID0"
msgstr "RAID0"
# index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1669 using-d-i.xml:1677 using-d-i.xml:1707
+#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
# index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1670 using-d-i.xml:1671
+#: using-d-i.xml:1671 using-d-i.xml:1672
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>否</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1672
+#: using-d-i.xml:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1676
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID1"
msgstr "RAID1"
# index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1678 using-d-i.xml:1686 using-d-i.xml:1697 using-d-i.xml:1708
+#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "optional"
msgstr "可選"
# index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1679 using-d-i.xml:1687 using-d-i.xml:1698 using-d-i.xml:1709
+#: using-d-i.xml:1680 using-d-i.xml:1688 using-d-i.xml:1699 using-d-i.xml:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>是</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1680
+#: using-d-i.xml:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1684
+#: using-d-i.xml:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID5"
msgstr "RAID5"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1685
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1688
+#: using-d-i.xml:1689
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2474,21 +2474,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1695
+#: using-d-i.xml:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID6"
msgstr "RAID6"
# index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1696
+#: using-d-i.xml:1697
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
msgid "<entry>4</entry>"
msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2499,13 +2499,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1706
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "RAID10"
msgstr "RAID10"
#. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1710
+#: using-d-i.xml:1711
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to "
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1717
+#: using-d-i.xml:1718
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1722
+#: using-d-i.xml:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1731
+#: using-d-i.xml:1732
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are "
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1742
+#: using-d-i.xml:1743
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1755
+#: using-d-i.xml:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2580,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"要組成 MD 的分割區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1763
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number "
@@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去,直到錯誤被改正為止。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1774
+#: using-d-i.xml:1775
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1781
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least "
@@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr ""
"區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1786
+#: using-d-i.xml:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. "
@@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1801
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1809
+#: using-d-i.xml:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2667,13 +2667,13 @@ msgstr ""
"案系統並分配掛載點。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1824
+#: using-d-i.xml:1825
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1825
+#: using-d-i.xml:1826
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1833
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1843
+#: using-d-i.xml:1844
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"果您還沒有讀過,您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1854
+#: using-d-i.xml:1855
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1863
+#: using-d-i.xml:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Be aware: the new LVM setup will destroy all data on all partitions marked "
@@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1873
+#: using-d-i.xml:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1884
+#: using-d-i.xml:1885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2772,43 +2772,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1892
+#: using-d-i.xml:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1895
+#: using-d-i.xml:1896
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1898
+#: using-d-i.xml:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete logical volume"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1901
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1904
+#: using-d-i.xml:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce volume group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1906
+#: using-d-i.xml:1907
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2824,7 +2824,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1917
+#: using-d-i.xml:1918
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2835,13 +2835,13 @@ msgstr ""
"與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1932
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
msgstr "設定網路"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1932
+#: using-d-i.xml:1933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1944
+#: using-d-i.xml:1945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1966
+#: using-d-i.xml:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2895,7 +2895,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1978
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption method supported by &d-i; is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> "
@@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1986
+#: using-d-i.xml:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's have a look at the options available when you select encryption via "
@@ -2913,13 +2913,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1996
+#: using-d-i.xml:1997
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:1999
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2935,13 +2935,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2016
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2951,13 +2951,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2030
+#: using-d-i.xml:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>xts-plain64</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2032
+#: using-d-i.xml:2033
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2042
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>xts-plain64</"
@@ -2979,25 +2979,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2056
+#: using-d-i.xml:2057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2062
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2063
+#: using-d-i.xml:2064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -3007,13 +3007,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2078
+#: using-d-i.xml:2079
#, no-c-format
msgid "Random key"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2080
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2088
+#: using-d-i.xml:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -3038,13 +3038,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2107
+#: using-d-i.xml:2108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2109
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2130
+#: using-d-i.xml:2131
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2141
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2149
+#: using-d-i.xml:2150
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2162
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2179
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
@@ -3138,7 +3138,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -3146,13 +3146,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2211
+#: using-d-i.xml:2212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing the Base System"
msgstr "安裝基本系統"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2212
+#: using-d-i.xml:2213
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
@@ -3164,7 +3164,7 @@ msgstr ""
"件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接,這要花費好一會兒時間。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2225
+#: using-d-i.xml:2226
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
@@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2234
+#: using-d-i.xml:2235
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
@@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2240
+#: using-d-i.xml:2241
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At "
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"的核心。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2247
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by "
@@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2257
+#: using-d-i.xml:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base "
@@ -3225,13 +3225,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2269
+#: using-d-i.xml:2270
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Installing Additional Software"
msgstr "安裝基本系統"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2270
+#: using-d-i.xml:2271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
@@ -3241,13 +3241,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2285
+#: using-d-i.xml:2286
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring apt"
msgstr "設定網路"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2287
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is the "
@@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2310
+#: using-d-i.xml:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3276,7 +3276,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2317
+#: using-d-i.xml:2318
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2326
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3299,13 +3299,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the "
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using "
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2354
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. "
@@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a "
@@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to "
@@ -3358,13 +3358,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2384
+#: using-d-i.xml:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using a network mirror"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2386
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to "
@@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2392
+#: using-d-i.xml:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3385,7 +3385,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2401
+#: using-d-i.xml:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using "
@@ -3398,7 +3398,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2412
+#: using-d-i.xml:2413
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed "
@@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2419
+#: using-d-i.xml:2420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred "
@@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2426
+#: using-d-i.xml:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3430,26 +3430,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2435
+#: using-d-i.xml:2436
#, no-c-format
msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2440
+#: using-d-i.xml:2441
#, no-c-format
msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2450
+#: using-d-i.xml:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are "
@@ -3458,7 +3458,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2459
+#: using-d-i.xml:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network "
@@ -3468,14 +3468,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2470
+#: using-d-i.xml:2471
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
msgid "Choosing a network mirror"
msgstr "選擇鍵盤"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2471
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you have selected to use a network mirror during the installation "
@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2479
+#: using-d-i.xml:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A mirror can also be specified by hand by choosing <quote>enter information "
@@ -3497,7 +3497,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2488
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If your computer is on an IPv6-only network (which is probably not the case "
@@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2501
+#: using-d-i.xml:2502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Another option when choosing to specify the mirror manually is to use "
@@ -3526,13 +3526,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2522
+#: using-d-i.xml:2523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want "
@@ -3562,7 +3562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2557
+#: using-d-i.xml:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2564
+#: using-d-i.xml:2565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install a graphical desktop "
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2575
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, &d-i; installs the <phrase arch=\"x86\">Gnome</phrase> <phrase "
@@ -3598,7 +3598,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2583
+#: using-d-i.xml:2584
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop "
@@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2593
+#: using-d-i.xml:2594
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. Web "
@@ -3620,7 +3620,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2601
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a "
@@ -3631,7 +3631,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2608
+#: using-d-i.xml:2609
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</"
@@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2618
+#: using-d-i.xml:2619
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3656,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2625
+#: using-d-i.xml:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2634
+#: using-d-i.xml:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3680,13 +3680,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2649
+#: using-d-i.xml:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
msgstr "使系統可開機"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3699,13 +3699,13 @@ msgstr ""
"linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2666
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"電腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2676
+#: using-d-i.xml:2677
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3733,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr ""
"boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3754,19 +3754,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2704
+#: using-d-i.xml:2705
#, no-c-format
msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716 using-d-i.xml:2989
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717 using-d-i.xml:2990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2718 using-d-i.xml:2991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2719 using-d-i.xml:2992
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3777,7 +3777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"定的 boot-loader,它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說,它也同樣適合。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2724
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"訊,請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2730
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3801,13 +3801,13 @@ msgstr ""
"請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2743
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2745
+#: using-d-i.xml:2746
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3823,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2755
+#: using-d-i.xml:2756
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3836,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr ""
"統。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2763
+#: using-d-i.xml:2764
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3844,13 +3844,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader:"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2770
+#: using-d-i.xml:2771
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3858,13 +3858,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid "new &debian; partition"
msgstr "新 &debian; 分割區"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2777
+#: using-d-i.xml:2778
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3875,13 +3875,13 @@ msgstr ""
"&debian; 分割區的起始位置,並能作為第二 boot loader。"
#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other choice"
msgstr "其它選擇"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2786
+#: using-d-i.xml:2787
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2796
+#: using-d-i.xml:2797
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3910,13 +3910,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2812
+#: using-d-i.xml:2813
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2814
+#: using-d-i.xml:2815
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3941,7 +3941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2830
+#: using-d-i.xml:2831
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3956,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr ""
"是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2842
+#: using-d-i.xml:2843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
msgstr "選擇正確的分割區!"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2844
+#: using-d-i.xml:2845
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format "
@@ -3978,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr ""
"割區,這將清除以前的所有內容!"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2859
+#: using-d-i.xml:2860
#, no-c-format
msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
msgstr "EFI 分割區內容"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2861
+#: using-d-i.xml:2862
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4010,13 +4010,13 @@ msgstr ""
"間,系統更新或重新設定,檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2884
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.conf"
msgstr "elilo.conf"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2884
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4027,13 +4027,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "elilo.efi"
msgstr "elilo.efi"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2894
+#: using-d-i.xml:2895
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4046,13 +4046,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2904
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "initrd.img"
msgstr "initrd.img"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2905
+#: using-d-i.xml:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4065,13 +4065,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2917
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
#, no-c-format
msgid "readme.txt"
msgstr "readme.txt"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2918
+#: using-d-i.xml:2919
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4082,13 +4082,13 @@ msgstr ""
"本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。"
#. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2928
+#: using-d-i.xml:2929
#, no-c-format
msgid "vmlinuz"
msgstr "vmlinuz"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2929
+#: using-d-i.xml:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4101,13 +4101,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2953
+#: using-d-i.xml:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2954
+#: using-d-i.xml:2955
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4125,13 +4125,13 @@ msgstr ""
"將設為啟動 &debian-gnu;。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2972
+#: using-d-i.xml:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:2974
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"作。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2997
+#: using-d-i.xml:2998
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), "
@@ -4161,13 +4161,13 @@ msgstr ""
"訊,請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3010
+#: using-d-i.xml:3011
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3011
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4182,13 +4182,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Commands</quote>,它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3028
+#: using-d-i.xml:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3030
+#: using-d-i.xml:3031
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4216,13 +4216,13 @@ msgstr ""
"SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3055
+#: using-d-i.xml:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making the system bootable with flash-kernel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3056
+#: using-d-i.xml:3057
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As there is no common firmware interface on all ARM platforms, the steps "
@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3067
+#: using-d-i.xml:3068
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On devices which boot from internal NOR- or NAND-flash memory, flash-kernel "
@@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3077
+#: using-d-i.xml:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For ARM systems that use U-Boot as their system firmware and boot the kernel "
@@ -4257,13 +4257,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3093
+#: using-d-i.xml:3094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3095
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4274,7 +4274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"或是因為不想要 (例如,您想使用已經存在的 boot-loader)。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3102
+#: using-d-i.xml:3103
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4293,13 +4293,13 @@ msgstr ""
"filename> 到一個獨立的分割區,還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3119
+#: using-d-i.xml:3120
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Finishing the Installation"
msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3120
+#: using-d-i.xml:3121
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the "
@@ -4308,13 +4308,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "在啟動新 &debian; 之前還有一些最後工作,主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3133
+#: using-d-i.xml:3134
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Setting the System Clock"
msgstr "安裝基本系統"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3135
+#: using-d-i.xml:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
@@ -4324,7 +4324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3142
+#: using-d-i.xml:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
@@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3153
+#: using-d-i.xml:3154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
@@ -4345,13 +4345,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3168
+#: using-d-i.xml:3169
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid "Reboot the System"
msgstr "安裝基本系統"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3170
+#: using-d-i.xml:3171
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
@@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ msgstr ""
"軟碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作,然後啟動您的新 &debian; 系統。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3176
+#: using-d-i.xml:3177
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
@@ -4375,13 +4375,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux,它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3189
+#: using-d-i.xml:3190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3190
+#: using-d-i.xml:3191
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4392,13 +4392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"題。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3203
+#: using-d-i.xml:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving the installation logs"
msgstr "保存安裝記錄"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3205
+#: using-d-i.xml:3206
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3212
+#: using-d-i.xml:3213
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4423,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr ""
"用於報告的附件。"
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3232
+#: using-d-i.xml:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3234
+#: using-d-i.xml:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4445,13 +4445,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3252
+#: using-d-i.xml:3253
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3256
+#: using-d-i.xml:3257
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4462,7 +4462,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3264
+#: using-d-i.xml:3265
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4478,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"shell 有一些好用的特性,如自動完成與歷史紀錄。"
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3273
+#: using-d-i.xml:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4487,7 +4487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3280
+#: using-d-i.xml:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4496,7 +4496,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3286
+#: using-d-i.xml:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4506,13 +4506,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3302
+#: using-d-i.xml:3303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation Over the Network"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3304
+#: using-d-i.xml:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4524,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3314
+#: using-d-i.xml:3315
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4538,7 +4538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3327
+#: using-d-i.xml:3328
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3332
+#: using-d-i.xml:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4560,7 +4560,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3344
+#: using-d-i.xml:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4569,7 +4569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3350
+#: using-d-i.xml:3351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4588,7 +4588,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3367
+#: using-d-i.xml:3368
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default "
@@ -4604,7 +4604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3380
+#: using-d-i.xml:3381
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option "
@@ -4618,7 +4618,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3393
+#: using-d-i.xml:3394
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3409
+#: using-d-i.xml:3410
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4646,7 +4646,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3419
+#: using-d-i.xml:3420
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4657,13 +4657,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3438
+#: using-d-i.xml:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loading Missing Firmware"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3439
+#: using-d-i.xml:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require "
@@ -4673,7 +4673,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3447
+#: using-d-i.xml:3448
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will "
@@ -4685,7 +4685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3457
+#: using-d-i.xml:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on "
@@ -4697,7 +4697,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3467
+#: using-d-i.xml:3468
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device "
@@ -4706,7 +4706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3473
+#: using-d-i.xml:3474
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&d-i; only prompts for firmware needed by kernel modules loaded during the "
@@ -4720,13 +4720,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3487
+#: using-d-i.xml:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preparing a medium"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3488
+#: using-d-i.xml:3489
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Official CD images do not include non-free firmware. The most common method "
@@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3501
+#: using-d-i.xml:3502
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common "
@@ -4752,7 +4752,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3515
+#: using-d-i.xml:3516
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also "
@@ -4763,7 +4763,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3529
+#: using-d-i.xml:3530
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose "
@@ -4772,13 +4772,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:3538
+#: using-d-i.xml:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Firmware and the Installed System"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3539
+#: using-d-i.xml:3540
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to "
@@ -4790,7 +4790,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3548
+#: using-d-i.xml:3549
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install "
@@ -4801,7 +4801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3556
+#: using-d-i.xml:3557
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant "
@@ -4810,7 +4810,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3563
+#: using-d-i.xml:3564
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to "